ALBERTSONS INC /DE/
S-8 POS, 1999-06-25
GROCERY STORES
Previous: ABBOTT LABORATORIES, SC 13G, 1999-06-25
Next: CHENIERE ENERGY INC, S-3/A, 1999-06-25




  AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JUNE 25, 1999
                                                    REGISTRATION NO. 333-63019
===========================================================================
                     SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                           WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                    -----------------------------------

                       POST EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                ON FORM S-8
                                     TO
                                  FORM S-4


                        REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
                         THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                    -----------------------------------
                             ALBERTSON'S, INC.
           (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)



         DELAWARE                                          82-0184434
     (State or other                                    (I.R.S. Employer
     jurisdiction of                                 Identification Number)
     incorporation or
      organization)
                        250 PARKCENTER BLVD. BOX 20
                             BOISE, IDAHO 83726
                          (Address of registrant's
                        principal executive offices)

      ALBERTSON'S AMENDED AND RESTATED 1995 STOCK-BASED INCENTIVE PLAN
       AMERICAN STORES COMPANY 1997 STOCK OPTION AND STOCK AWARD PLAN
      AMERICAN STORES COMPANY 1997A STOCK OPTION AND STOCK AWARD PLAN
     AMERICAN STORES COMPANY 1997 STOCK PLAN FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS
     AMERICAN STORES COMPANY AMENDED AND RESTATED 1989 STOCK OPTION AND
                              STOCK AWARD PLAN
                AMERICAN STORES COMPANY AMENDED AND RESTATED
                   1985 STOCK OPTION AND STOCK AWARD PLAN
                     AMERICAN STORES RETIREMENT ESTATES

                           THOMAS R. SALDIN, ESQ.
                EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT AND GENERAL COUNSEL
                             ALBERTSON'S, INC.
                          250 PARKCENTER BOULEVARD
                                P.O. BOX 20
                             BOISE, IDAHO 83726
                               (208) 395-6300
         (Name, address, and telephone number of agent for service)



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                      CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

- ------------------------------------------ -------------------- ----------------- ----------------- ---------------------
                                                                PROPOSED MAXIMUM   PROPOSED MAXIMUM
           TITLE OF SECURITIES                AMOUNT TO BE       OFFERING PRICE       AGGREGATE          AMOUNT OF
            TO BE REGISTERED                 REGISTERED (1)        PER SHARE        OFFERING PRICE    REGISTRATION FEE
- ------------------------------------------ -------------------- ----------------- ----------------- ---------------------
<S>                                        <C>                  <C>               <C>               <C>

Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share     20,000,000 shares     $51.50 (2)        $1,030,000,000       $   286,340


- ------------------------------------------ -------------------- ----------------- ----------------- ---------------------

Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share     2,465,295 shares(3)   $33.96 (4)        $   83,721,418       $   23,275


- ------------------------------------------ -------------------- ----------------- ----------------- ---------------------

Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share     650,000 shares(5)     51.50  (6)      $   33,475,000        $   9,306


- ------------------------------------------ -------------------- ----------------- ----------------- ---------------------

Preferred Stock Purchase Rights (7)         23,115,295 shares        N/A               N/A                 N/A

- ------------------------------------------ -------------------- ----------------- ----------------- ---------------------

Total Registration fee                                                                                  $  182,211(8)
- ------------------------------------------ -------------------- ----------------- ----------------- ---------------------
<FN>
(1)  Plus such additional number of shares as may be required in the event
     of a stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization or other similar
     event in accordance with Rule 416(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as
     amended (the "Securities Act").

(2)  Estimated solely for the purpose of determining the registration fee
     pursuant to Rule 457(h) of the Securities Act based upon the average
     of the high and low prices of the Registrant's common stock, par value
     $1.00 per share ("Common Stock"), as reported by the New York Stock
     Exchange on July 24, 1999.

(3)  Represents the maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon
     exercise of options and limited stock appreciation rights granted
     under the ASC 1997 Stock Option and Stock Award Plan, the ASC 1997A
     Stock Option and Stock Award Plan, the ASC Amended and Restated 1989
     Stock Option and Stock Award Plan, the ASC Amended and Restated 1985
     Stock Option and Stock Award Plan and the ASC 1997 Stock Plan for
     Non-Employee Directors outstanding immediately prior to the merger
     (the "Merger") described in the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as
     of August 2, 1998, by and among the Registrant, American Stores
     Company ("ASC") and Abacus Holdings, Inc. (the "Merger Agreement").

(4)  Pursuant to Rule 457(h) of the Securities Act, the amounts are
     calculated based upon the weighted average exercise price at which the
     stock options and limited stock appreciation rights described in
     footnote 3 above may be exercised.

(5)  Represents shares of Common Stock which may be issued pursuant to the
     American Stores Retirement Estates subsequent to the Merger. Pursuant
     to Rule 416(c) of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement also
     covers an indeterminate amount of interests to be offered pursuant to
     the American Stores Retirement Estates defined contribution plan.

(6)  Estimated solely for the purpose of determining the registration fee
     pursuant to Rule 457(h) of the Securities Act based upon the average
     of the high and low prices of Common Stock, as reported by the New
     York Stock Exchange on July 24, 1999.

(7)  Associated with Common Stock are rights to purchase Series A Junior
     Participating Preferred Stock that will not be exercisable or
     evidenced separately from such Common Stock prior to the occurrence of
     certain events.

(8)  Pursuant to Rule 429(b) of the Securities Act, such amounts represent
     an aggregate fee of $318,921 less $136,710 previously paid with
     respect to 15,776,142 shares of ASC common stock covered by the
     Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-63019), to
     which this amendment relates.
</FN>
</TABLE>


<PAGE>


                                   PART I

EXPLANATORY NOTE

     This Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 on Form S-8 to Form S-4 relates to

     (a)  20,000,000 shares of common stock of Albertson's, Inc., par value
          $1.00 per share,  and the  associated  preferred  share  purchase
          rights,  together (the "Common Stock"), which may be issued under
          our 1995 Amended and  Restated  Stock-Based  Incentive  Plan (the
          "Albertson's Plan");

     (b)  2,465,295 shares of Common Stock which may be issued upon the
          exercise of options and/or limited stock appreciation rights
          granted under the American Stores Company 1997 Stock Option and
          Stock Award Plan, 1997A Stock Option and Stock Award Plan, 1997
          Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors, Amended and Restated 1989
          Stock Option and Stock Award Plan and Amended and Restated 1985
          Stock Option and Stock Award Plan (the "ASC Stock Plans");

     (c)  650,000 shares of Common Stock which may be issued pursuant to
          the American Stores Retirement Estates defined contribution plan
          ("ASRE") subsequent to the Merger as defined below; and

     (d)  an  indeterminate  amount of interests to be offered  pursuant to
          the ASRE.

     Pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger (the "Merger  Agreement")
dated  August 2, 1998 by and between  Albertson's,  Inc.,  American  Stores
Company ("ASC"),  and Abacus Holdings,  Inc. ("Sub"), the following events,
among others, occurred:

     (a)  ASC was acquired  by, and became a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of,
          Albertson's,  Inc.  through  the  merger of Sub with and into ASC
          (the "Merger");

     (b)  outstanding  options and  limited  stock  appreciation  rights to
          purchase  shares of ASC common stock  granted under the ASC Stock
          Plans were converted into options and limited stock  appreciation
          rights to purchase shares of Common Stock; and

     (c)  shares of  Common  Stock,  in lieu of ASC  common  stock,  became
          issuable pursuant to the ASRE.

     The  documents  containing  information  specified  by  Part I of this
Registration  Statement have been or will be sent or given to  participants
in the  Albertson's  Plan,  holders of options  granted under the ASC Stock
Plans  and  participants  in the  ASRE,  as  specified  in  Rule  428(b)(1)
promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") under the
Securities Act. Such  document(s) are not required to be filed with the SEC
but  constitute  (along with the documents  incorporated  by reference into
this  Registration  Statement  pursuant  to  Item 3 of Part  II  hereof)  a
prospectus  that meets the  requirements of Section 10(a) of the Securities
Act of 1933.

     References to the "Company" shall mean  Albertson's,  Inc., a Delaware
corporation.


                                  PART II
             INFORMATION REQUIRED IN THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT

     Item 3. Incorporation of Documents by Reference

     We file annual,  quarterly and special  reports,  proxy statements and
other  information with the SEC. You may read and copy any document we file
at the SEC's public  reference rooms in Washington,  D.C., New York, NY and
Chicago,  IL. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information
on the public  reference  rooms.  Our SEC filings are also available to the
public from the SEC's web site at  http://www.sec.gov.  Reports,  proxy and
information  statements  and other  information  concerning  us can also be
inspected at the offices of the New York Stock  Exchange,  20 Broad Street,
New York, NY 10005.

     The SEC allows us to "incorporate by reference"  information into this
Registration  Statement,   which  means  that  we  can  disclose  important
information to you by referring you to another  document  filed  separately
with the SEC. The information incorporated by reference is considered to be
part of this  Registration  Statement,  and later  information that we file
with the SEC will  automatically  update this  Registration  Statement.  We
incorporate  by  reference  the  following  documents  listed below and any
future filings made with the SEC under Sections  13(a),  13(c), 14 or 15(d)
of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended,  prior  to  the
termination of the offering:

     (a)  The description of the Common Stock included in our  Registration
          Statement  on Form 8-A,  filed with the SEC on January 29,  1976,
          and all  amendments  or reports filed for the purpose of updating
          such description;

     (b)  Our Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on June 3,
          1999, for the 13 week period ending April 29, 1999;

     (c)  Our Annual  Report on Form  10-K,  filed with the SEC on April 8,
          1999 for the fiscal year ended January 28, 1999;

     (d)  The  Annual  Report on Form 11-K for the ASRE,  filed by ASC with
          the SEC on June 25, 1999;

     (e)  Our Current  Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 11,
          1999  filing the Joint  Proxy  Statement  and  Prospectus,  dated
          October 9, 1998;

     (f)  Our  Current  Report on Form 8-K  filed  with the SEC on April 6,
          1999; and

     (g)  The  description of the Preferences and Rights of Series A Junior
          Participating   Preferred  Stock  included  in  our  Registration
          Statement  on Form  8-A  dated  March  4,  1997,  as  amended  by
          Amendment No. 1 on Form 8-A dated August 6, 1998.


     Item 4. Description of Securities

     Not applicable.


     Item 5. Interests of Named Experts and Counsel

     The  legality  of  the  Common  Stock  covered  by  this  Registration
Statement  has been  passed on for the Company by Thomas R.  Saldin,  Esq.,
Executive  Vice President and General  Counsel for the Company.  Mr. Saldin
owns 26,813  shares of Common Stock and has an option  under the  Company's
1986  Nonqualified  Stock  Option Plan to purchase  4,000  shares of Common
Stock for  $16.5625 per share (the fair market value on the date of grant),
an option  under the  Company's  1986  Nonqualified  Stock  Option  Plan to
purchase  16,000  shares of Common  Stock for  $24.3125 per share (the fair
market  value on the date of grant),  an option  under the  Company's  1986
Nonqualified  Stock Option Plan to purchase  15,000  shares for $25.125 per
share (the fair market value on the date of the grant),  and three  options
under the Company's 1995 Stock-Based  Incentive Plan to purchase a total of
75,000 shares of Common Stock, at exercise prices (the fair market value on
the date of grant) per share of $31.875  (25,000  options),  $35.00 (25,000
options)  and  $45.6875  (25,000  options).  All of  these  Options  became
exercisable upon completion of the American Stores acquisition.  Mr. Saldin
has been  granted an option to purchase  $4,000,000  worth of Common  Stock
with the number of shares and the option price to be determined  based upon
the  closing  price of the Common  Stock on the New York Stock  Exchange on
June 24, 1999 (the fair market value on the date of grant).


     Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

     Section  145  of the  Delaware  General  Corporate  Law  (the  "DGCL")
provides that a corporation may indemnify  officers,  directors,  employees
and agents  against  expenses,  judgments  and other  amounts  paid if such
person acted in good faith and in a manner they  reasonably  believed to be
in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the  corporation,  and for any
criminal  action,  which they had no reason to believe was  unlawful.  Upon
receipt  of  a  written   undertaking  to  reimburse  the   corporation  if
indemnification is not appropriate the DGCL provides that a corporation may
advance  expenses of defense and must  reimburse  a  successful  officer or
director  defendant  for expenses  paid,  including  attorney's  fees,  and
permits a corporation to purchase liability insurance for its directors and
officers.  The DGCL provides that an individual may not be indemnified  for
any claim or matter where a court has  determined  that the  individual  is
liable to the corporation, unless the court determines otherwise.

     Our Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws provide that each
person  who is  involved  in any  actual  or  threatened  action,  suit  or
proceeding,  whether civil, criminal,  administrative or investigative,  by
reason  of the  fact  that  he or she is or was  serving  as our  director,
officer,  employee  or agent,  or is or was  serving  at our  request  as a
director,  officer,  employee  or agent  of  another  corporation  or other
enterprise,  including  service with respect to an employee  benefit  plan,
will  be  indemnified  by us to  the  extent  permitted  by the  DGCL.  The
indemnification rights in our Restated Certificate are not exclusive of any
other  indemnification  that may be given under any law, bylaw,  agreement,
vote of  stockholders  or  disinterested  directors  or  otherwise.  We are
authorized  to purchase  insurance  on behalf of our  directors,  officers,
employees and agents.

     Pursuant to our merger  agreement with ASC,  following our acquisition
of ASC,  we will  indemnify  and hold  harmless  each  present  and  former
director and officer of ASC or any of its subsidiaries, when acting in such
capacity,  against all expenses,  including  attorney's fees, judgments and
other  amounts  paid for any  action,  suit,  proceeding  or  investigation
whether  civil,  criminal,  administrative  or  investigative  for  acts or
omissions,  existing  on or prior to our  acquisition  of ASC to the extent
permitted by the DGCL. Additionally, our merger agreement with ASC requires
us to purchase and maintain insurance covering present and former officers,
directors,  employees,  trustees  and  agents of ASC for at least six years
following our acquisition of ASC, subject to certain limitations.

     This  summary  is  subject  to  the  DGCL,   the  Company's   Restated
Certificate of Incorporation, By-laws and agreements referred to above.


     Item 7. Exemption from Registration Claimed

     Not applicable.


     Item 8. Exhibits

     The American  Stores  Retirement  Estates is qualified  under  Section
401(a) of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,  and the plan has
been, and any future  amendment  thereto will be, submitted to the Internal
Revenue  Service in a timely manner and all changes  required by the IRS in
order to qualify the plan will be made.

EXHIBIT NO.             DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
- -----------             ----------------------

4.1                     Restated   Certificate  of   Incorporation  of  the
                        Company (as  amended)  previously  filed as Exhibit
                        3.1 to the Company's  Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
                        for  the  quarter   ended  April  30,   1998,   and
                        incorporated herein by reference

4.2                     By-Laws of the Company  previously filed as Exhibit
                        3.2 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
                        the  fiscal  year  ended  January  28,  1999,   and
                        incorporated herein by reference

4.3                     Stockholder Rights Plan Agreement  previously filed
                        as   Exhibit  1  to  the   Company's   Registration
                        Statement  on Form 8-A filed  with the SEC on March
                        4, 1997, and incorporated herein by reference

4.4                     Amendment   No.  1  to   Stockholder   Rights  Plan
                        Agreement,  dated August 2, 1998,  previously filed
                        as  Exhibit  1  of  Amendment   to  the   Company's
                        Registration  Statement  on Form 8-A filed with the
                        SEC on August 6, 1998, and  incorporated  herein by
                        reference

4.5                     Amendment  No.  2  to   Stockholders   Rights  Plan
                        Agreement,  dated March 16, 1999,  previously filed
                        as  Exhibit  1  of  Amendment   to  the   Company's
                        Registration  Statement  on Form 8-A filed with the
                        SEC on March 25, 1999, and  incorporated  herein by
                        reference

4.6                     Certificate of Designation,  Preferences and Rights
                        of Series A Junior  Participating  Preferred Stock,
                        previously  filed as Exhibit 3.1.1 to the Company's
                        Annual  Report  on Form  10-K  for the  year  ended
                        January  30,  1998,  and  incorporated   herein  by
                        reference

4.7                     Amendment   to    Certificate    of    Designation,
                        Preferences   and   Rights   of   Series  A  Junior
                        Participating  Preferred Stock, previously filed as
                        Exhibit  3.1.2 to the  Company's  Annual  Report on
                        Form 10-K for the year ended January 28, 1999,  and
                        incorporated herein by reference

4.8                     Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 2,
                        1998,  by and between the  Company,  ASC and Abacus
                        Holdings, Inc. previously filed as Exhibit 2 to the
                        Company's  Quarterly  Report  on Form  10-Q for the
                        quarter  ended  July  30,  1998,  and  incorporated
                        herein by reference

4.9                     Albertson's,   Inc.   Amended  and  Restated   1995
                        Stock-Based  Incentive  Plan  previously  filed  as
                        Exhibit 10.26 to the Company's  Quarterly Report on
                        Form 10-Q for the quarter  ended  October 29, 1998,
                        and incorporated herein by reference

4.10                    American Stores Company 1997 Stock Option and Stock
                        Award  Plan  previously  filed as  Exhibit B to the
                        American Stores Company 1997 Annual Proxy Statement
                        filed with the SEC on May 2, 1997, and incorporated
                        herein by reference

4.11                    Amendment to the American Stores Company 1997 Stock
                        Option and Stock Award Plan, dated October 8, 1998,
                        previously  filed as Exhibit  10.1 to the  American
                        Stores Company  Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed
                        on December 11, 1998,  and  incorporated  herein by
                        reference

4.12*                   American  Stores  Company  1997A  Stock  Option and
                        Stock Award Plan

4.13                    American   Stores   Company  1997  Stock  Plan  for
                        Non-Employee  Directors previously filed as Exhibit
                        C to the American  Stores Company 1997 Annual Proxy
                        Statement  filed with the SEC on May 2,  1997,  and
                        incorporated herein by reference

4.14*                   Amended and Restated  American  Stores Company 1989
                        Stock Option and Stock Award Plan

4.15*                   Amended and Restated  American  Stores Company 1985
                        Stock Option and Stock Award Plan

4.16*                   American    Stores    Retirement    Estates   (1994
                        Restatement)

4.17*                   First Amendment to the American  Stores  Retirement
                        Estates

4.18*                   Second Amendment to the American Stores  Retirement
                        Estates

4.19*                   Third Amendment to the American  Stores  Retirement
                        Estates

4.20*                   Fourth Amendment to the American Stores  Retirement
                        Estates

4.21*                   Fifth Amendment to the American  Stores  Retirement
                        Estates

4.22*                   Sixth Amendment to the American  Stores  Retirement
                        Estates

4.23*                   Seventh Amendment to the American Stores Retirement
                        Estates

4.24*                   Eighth Amendment to the American Stores  Retirement
                        Estates

4.25*                   Ninth Amendment to the American  Stores  Retirement
                        Estates

5.1*                    Opinion of Thomas R. Saldin, Esq.

23.1                    Consent  of Thomas R.  Saldin,  Esq.  (included  in
                        Exhibit 5.1)

23.2*                   Consent  of  Deloitte  &  Touche  LLP,  Independent
                        Auditors

23.3*                   Consent  of Ernst & Young LLP,  Independent  Auditors

24.1                    Power of Attorney (included on signature page)

- ------------------------
*    filed herewith


<PAGE>


     Item 9. Undertakings

     The Company hereby undertakes:

          (a) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being
     made, a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement:

               (i) To include any prospectus  required by Section  10(a)(3)
          of the Securities Act;

               (ii) To  reflect  in the  prospectus  any  facts  or  events
          arising after the effective date of this  Registration  Statement
          (or the most  recent  post-effective  amendment  thereof)  which,
          individually or in the aggregate,  represent a fundamental change
          in the information set forth in this Registration Statement;

               (iii) To include any  material  information  with respect to
          the  plan  of  distribution  not  previously  disclosed  in  this
          Registration Statement or any material change to such information
          in this Registration Statement;

     provided,  however,  that  paragraphs (i) and (ii) do not apply if the
     information  required to be included in a post-effective  amendment by
     those  paragraphs  is  contained  in  periodic  reports  filed with or
     furnished to the SEC by the Company  pursuant to Section 13 or Section
     15(d) of the Exchange Act that are  incorporated  by reference in this
     Registration Statement.

          (b) That, for the purpose of determining  any liability under the
     Securities Act, each such post-effective  amendment shall be deemed to
     be a new  registration  statement  relating to the securities  offered
     therein,  and the  offering of such  securities  at that time shall be
     deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

          (c) To  remove  from  registration  by means of a  post-effective
     amendment any of the securities  being  registered which remain unsold
     at the termination of the offering.

          (d) That, for the purpose of determining  any liability under the
     Securities Act, each filing of the Company's annual report pursuant to
     Section   13(a)  or  Section   15(d)  of  the  Exchange  Act  that  is
     incorporated  by reference  in this  Registration  Statement  shall be
     deemed to be a new registration  statement  relating to the securities
     offered  therein,  and the  offering of such  securities  at that time
     shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

     Insofar  as   indemnification   for  liabilities   arising  under  the
Securities  Act may be permitted  to  directors,  officers and  controlling
persons of the Company  pursuant to the  provisions  described in Item 6 of
this  Registration  Statement,  or otherwise,  the Company has been advised
that in the  opinion  of the SEC such  indemnification  is  against  public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.
In the event  that a claim for  indemnification  against  such  liabilities
(other than the  payment by the  Company of expenses  incurred or paid by a
director,  officer or  controlling  person of the Company in the successful
defense of any action,  suit or  proceeding)  is asserted by such director,
officer or  controlling  person in  connection  with the  securities  being
registered,  the  Company  will,  unless in the  opinion of its counsel the
matter has been  settled  by  controlling  precedent,  submit to a court of
appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
against  public  policy  as  expressed  in the  Securities  Act and will be
governed by the final adjudication of such issue.


<PAGE>


                                 SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act, the Registrant
certifies  that it has  reasonable  grounds to believe that it meets all of
the  requirements  for  filing  on  Form  S-8  and  has  duly  caused  this
Registration  Statement  to be  signed on its  behalf  by the  undersigned,
thereunto duly  authorized,  in the City of Boise,  State of Idaho, on June
23, 1999.


                                       Albertson's, Inc.



                                 /s/ Gary G. Michael
                                 ------------------------------------------
                                 By: Gary G. Michael
                                 Chairman of the Board and Chief
                                 Executive Officer


                             POWER OF ATTORNEY

     KNOW BY ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS:

     That the undersigned officers and directors of Albertson's, Inc., a
Delaware corporation, do hereby constitute and appoint each of Gary G.
Michael, Thomas R. Saldin, Esq. and A. Craig Olson, the lawful
attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power and authority to do any and
all acts and things and to execute any and all instruments which said
attorneys and agents, and any one of them, determine may be necessary or
advisable or required to enable said corporation to comply with the
Securities Act and any rules or regulations or requirements of the SEC in
connection with this Registration Statement. Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing power and authority, the powers granted include
the power and authority to sign the names of the undersigned officers and
directors in the capacities indicated below to this Registration Statement,
to any and all amendments, both pre-effective and post-effective, and
supplements to this Registration Statement, and to any and all instruments
or documents filed as part of or in conjunction with this Registration
Statement or amendments or supplements thereof, and each of the undersigned
hereby ratifies and confirms that all said attorneys and agents, or any one
of them, shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. This Power of
Attorney may be signed in several counterparts.


<PAGE>


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has executed this Power of
Attorney as of the date indicated.

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration
Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities
and on the dates indicated.

Signature                   Title                                Date
- ---------                   -----                                ----

                            Chairman of the Board and
                            Chief Executive Officer
  /s/ Gary G. Michael       and Director                    June 23, 1999
- -------------------------
      Gary G. Michael


                            Executive Vice President
  /s/ A. Craig Olson        and Chief Financial Officer     June 23, 1999
- -------------------------
      A. Craig Olson


                            President and Chief
                            Operating Officer and
/s/ Michael F. Reuling      Director                        June 23, 1999
- -------------------------
    Michael F. Reuling


                            Senior Vice President and
/s/ Richard J. Navarro      Controller                      June 23, 1999
- -------------------------
    Richard J. Navarro


 /s/ A. Gary Ames           Director                        June 23, 1999
- -------------------------
       A. Gary Ames


  /s/ Cecil D. Andrus       Director                        June 23, 1999
- -------------------------
      Cecil D. Andrus


 /s/ Pamela G. Bailey       Director                        June 23, 1999
- -------------------------
     Pamela G. Bailey


    /s/ Teresa Beck         Director                        June 23, 1999
- -------------------------
        Teresa Beck


  /s/ Henry I. Bryant       Director                        June 23, 1999
- -------------------------
      Henry I. Bryant


  /s/ John B. Carley        Director                        June 23, 1999
- -------------------------
      John B. Carley


  /s/ Paul I. Corddry       Director                        June 23, 1999
- -------------------------
      Paul I. Corddry


   /s/ John B. Fery         Director                        June 23, 1999
- -------------------------
       John B. Fery


/s/ Fernando R. Gumucio     Director                        June 23, 1999
- -------------------------
    Fernando R. Gumucio


                            Director
- -------------------------
     Clark A. Johnson


  /s/ Charles D. Lein       Director                        June 23, 1999
- -------------------------
      Charles D. Lein


                            Vice Chairman of the Board
  /s/ Victor L. Lund        and Director                    June 23, 1999
- -------------------------
      Victor L. Lund


  /s/ Beatriz Rivera        Director                        June 23, 1999
- -------------------------
      Beatriz Rivera


    /s/ J.B. Scott          Director                        June 23, 1999
- -------------------------
        J.B. Scott


                            Director
- -------------------------
      Arthur K. Smith


/s/ Thomas L. Stevens, Jr.  Director                        June 23, 1999
- -------------------------
  Thomas L. Stevens, Jr.


  /s/ Will M. Storey        Director                        June 23, 1999
- -------------------------
      Will M. Storey


  /s/ Steven D. Symms       Director                        June 23, 1999
- -------------------------
      Steven D. Symms


 /s/ Thomas J. Wilford      Director                        June 23, 1999
- -------------------------
     Thomas J. Wilford


<PAGE>

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
administrator of the American Stores Retirement Estates has duly caused
this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Boise, State of Idaho, on June
24, 1999.

                                        American Stores Retirement Estates

                                        By:  American Stores Company



                                        /s/ Thomas R. Saldin
                                        ----------------------------------
                                        By:  Thomas R. Saldin
                                        Senior Vice President
<PAGE>

                             Index to Exhibits



EXHIBIT NO.             DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
- -----------             ----------------------

4.1                     Restated   Certificate  of   Incorporation  of  the
                        Company (as  amended)  previously  filed as Exhibit
                        3.1 to the Company's  Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
                        for  the  quarter   ended  April  30,   1998,   and
                        incorporated herein by reference

4.2                     By-Laws of the Company  previously filed as Exhibit
                        3.2 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
                        the  fiscal  year  ended  January  28,  1999,   and
                        incorporated herein by reference

4.3                     Stockholder Rights Plan Agreement  previously filed
                        as   Exhibit  1  to  the   Company's   Registration
                        Statement  on Form 8-A filed  with the SEC on March
                        4, 1997, and incorporated herein by reference

4.4                     Amendment   No.  1  to   Stockholder   Rights  Plan
                        Agreement,  dated August 2, 1998,  previously filed
                        as  Exhibit  1  of  Amendment   to  the   Company's
                        Registration  Statement  on Form 8-A filed with the
                        SEC on August 6, 1998, and  incorporated  herein by
                        reference

4.5                     Amendment  No.  2  to   Stockholders   Rights  Plan
                        Agreement,  dated March 16, 1999,  previously filed
                        as  Exhibit  1  of  Amendment   to  the   Company's
                        Registration  Statement  on Form 8-A filed with the
                        SEC on March 25, 1999, and  incorporated  herein by
                        reference

4.6                     Certificate of Designation,  Preferences and Rights
                        of Series A Junior  Participating  Preferred Stock,
                        previously  filed as Exhibit 3.1.1 to the Company's
                        Annual  Report  on Form  10-K  for the  year  ended
                        January  30,  1998,  and  incorporated   herein  by
                        reference

4.7                     Amendment   to    Certificate    of    Designation,
                        Preferences   and   Rights   of   Series  A  Junior
                        Participating  Preferred Stock, previously filed as
                        Exhibit  3.1.2 to the  Company's  Annual  Report on
                        Form 10-K for the year ended January 28, 1999,  and
                        incorporated herein by reference

4.8                     Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 2,
                        1998,  by and between the  Company,  ASC and Abacus
                        Holdings, Inc. previously filed as Exhibit 2 to the
                        Company's  Quarterly  Report  on Form  10-Q for the
                        quarter  ended  July  30,  1998,  and  incorporated
                        herein by reference

4.9                     Albertson's,   Inc.   Amended  and  Restated   1995
                        Stock-Based  Incentive  Plan  previously  filed  as
                        Exhibit 10.26 to the Company's  Quarterly Report on
                        Form 10-Q for the quarter  ended  October 29, 1998,
                        and incorporated herein by reference

4.10                    American Stores Company 1997 Stock Option and Stock
                        Award  Plan  previously  filed as  Exhibit B to the
                        American Stores Company 1997 Annual Proxy Statement
                        filed with the SEC on May 2, 1997, and incorporated
                        herein by reference

4.11                    Amendment to the American Stores Company 1997 Stock
                        Option and Stock Award Plan, dated October 8, 1998,
                        previously  filed as Exhibit  10.1 to the  American
                        Stores Company  Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed
                        on December 11, 1998,  and  incorporated  herein by
                        reference

4.12*                   American  Stores  Company  1997A  Stock  Option and
                        Stock Award Plan

4.13                    American   Stores   Company  1997  Stock  Plan  for
                        Non-Employee  Directors previously filed as Exhibit
                        C to the American  Stores Company 1997 Annual Proxy
                        Statement  filed with the SEC on May 2,  1997,  and
                        incorporated herein by reference

4.14*                   Amended and Restated  American  Stores Company 1989
                        Stock Option and Stock Award Plan

4.15*                   Amended and Restated  American  Stores Company 1985
                        Stock Option and Stock Award Plan

4.16*                   American    Stores    Retirement    Estates   (1994
                        Restatement)

4.17*                   First Amendment to the American  Stores  Retirement
                        Estates

4.18*                   Second Amendment to the American Stores  Retirement
                        Estates

4.19*                   Third Amendment to the American  Stores  Retirement
                        Estates

4.20*                   Fourth Amendment to the American Stores  Retirement
                        Estates

4.21*                   Fifth Amendment to the American  Stores  Retirement
                        Estates

4.22*                   Sixth Amendment to the American  Stores  Retirement
                        Estates

4.23*                   Seventh Amendment to the American Stores Retirement
                        Estates

4.24*                   Eighth Amendment to the American Stores  Retirement
                        Estates

4.25*                   Ninth Amendment to the American  Stores  Retirement
                        Estates

5.1*                    Opinion of Thomas R. Saldin, Esq.

23.1                    Consent  of Thomas R.  Saldin,  Esq.  (included  in
                        Exhibit 5.1)

23.2*                   Consent  of  Deloitte  &  Touche  LLP,  Independent
                        Auditors

23.3*                   Consent  of Ernst & Young LLP,  Independent  Auditors

24.1                    Power of Attorney (included on signature page)

- -----------------------------
*    filed herewith


                                                               Exhibit 4.12


                          AMERICAN STORES COMPANY
                  1997A STOCK OPTION AND STOCK AWARD PLAN

     1. Adoption and Purpose of Plan.  American Stores Company,  a Delaware
corporation  (the  "Company"),  hereby adopts a stock option plan providing
for the  granting  of stock  options and stock  appreciation  rights to key
management  employees (the "Plan").  The general  purpose of the Plan is to
promote the interests of the Company and its  shareholders  in  attracting,
maintaining  and  developing  a  management  capable of assuring the future
success of the Company and by providing to key employees of the Company and
its  subsidiaries  and  affiliates  additional  incentives  to  continue to
increase their efforts with respect to, and to remain in the employ of, the
Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates.

     2.  Terms  and  Conditions  of the  Plan.  Unless  and  to the  extent
specifically  provided to the contrary herein,  the terms and conditions of
the Plan,  including but not limited to those pertaining to administration,
time of granting  options,  eligibility,  option prices,  terms of options,
adjustments upon changes in capitalization,  option agreements,  securities
laws,  government  and  other  regulations,  non-exclusivity,  no affect on
employment,  transfer of employment,  termination and amendment, and change
in control,  shall be identical to the terms and conditions of the American
Stores  Company  1989 Stock  Option and Stock Award Plan,  as amended  (the
"1989 Plan"), which is incorporated herein by reference.  To the extent the
1989 Plan is amended subsequent to the adoption of the Plan, the Plan shall
be deemed to have also been amended so that the terms and conditions of the
Plan remain  identical to the terms and  conditions of the 1989 Plan except
and as to the extent provided to the contrary herein.

     3. Shares Subject to the Plan. The Committee,  from time to time, may,
pursuant to the Plan,  provide for the grant of options for the purchase of
common stock of the Company upon the exercise thereof,  and may grant stock
appreciation rights, for an aggregate of up to 1,337,000 shares, subject to
adjustment as provided in Section 8 of the 1989 Plan.  Shares shall be made
available  under the Plan only from treasury  stock.  No  restricted  stock
awards shall be made under the Plan.

     Exercise  of an option in any manner  shall be result in a decrease in
the number of shares which  thereafter  may be available  under the Plan by
the number of shares as to which such option is exercised.

     4.  Effectiveness  of the Plan. The Plan shall become  effective as of
March 27, 1997.


                                                               Exhibit 4.14




                          AMERICAN STORES COMPANY
                            AMENDED AND RESTATED
                   1989 STOCK OPTION AND STOCK AWARD PLAN

     1. Adoption and Purpose of Plan.  American Stores Company,  a Delaware
corporation   (the  "Company"),   hereby  adopts  a  stock  option,   stock
appreciation  rights and stock  award plan  providing  for the  granting of
stock options, stock appreciation rights and stock awards to key management
employees (the "Plan").  The general  purpose of the Plan is to promote the
interests of the Company and its  shareholders  in attracting,  maintaining
and  developing a management  capable of assuring the future success of the
Company  and  by  providing  to  key  employees  of  the  Company  and  its
subsidiaries and affiliates  additional incentives to continue and increase
their  efforts with respect to, and to remain in the employ of, the Company
or its  subsidiaries  or  affiliates.  So  that  maximum  incentive  can be
provided each particular employee participating in the Plan by granting him
an option or options best suited to his  circumstances,  the Plan  provides
for  granting  both  incentive  (as defined in Section 422A of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended  (the  "Code"))  and  nonqualified  stock
options. The Plan also provides for the grant of stock appreciation rights,
and for the grant of shares to eligible participants, subject to forfeiture
restrictions  which will lapse upon the passage of time, the  participant's
continued employment with the Company, and certain other events.

     2. Administration.  The Plan shall be administered by a committee (the
"Committee")  of not less than three  Directors of the Company who shall be
appointed by the Board of  Directors of the Company,  none of whom shall be
eligible (or shall have been eligible  within one year prior to the date of
their  appointments)  to  participate  in the Plan or to be  selected  as a
participant under any other discretionary plan of the Company or any of its
affiliates  entitling  them  to  acquire  stock,  stock  options  or  stock
appreciation rights of the Company or any of its affiliates.  The Committee
shall be authorized to interpret the Plan, to prescribe,  amend and rescind
rules and regulations  relating to it and to make all other  determinations
necessary or advisable for its administration.

     3. Shares  Subject to Plan.  The  Committee,  from time to time,  may,
pursuant to the Plan,  provide for the grant of options for the purchase of
common stock of the Company upon the exercise thereof,  and may grant stock
appreciation  rights and make restricted stock awards,  for an aggregate of
up to  1,200,000  shares,  subject to  adjustment  as provided in Section 8
hereof. The Committee, from time to time, may also grant stock appreciation
rights for up to an aggregate of 767,450  shares to be issued in connection
with options  outstanding  as of February 1, 1989 under the Company's  1974
Stock Option Plan and the Company's 1975 Employees' Stock Option Plan, said
stock appreciation  rights to have the same terms as the stock appreciation
rights which are provided in  connection  with  options  granted  hereunder
pursuant to Section 19 of the Plan. If an option  ceases to be  exercisable
in whole or in part for any reason,  the shares  which were subject to such
option, but as to which the option had not been exercised or exercisable at
the time of the  termination of the option,  shall continue to be available
under the Plan to be  granted  to other  participants.  Shares  subject  to
restricted  stock awards which are  forfeited to the Company  shall also be
available under the Plan to be granted to other participants.  Shares shall
be made available under the Plan from authorized and unissued stock or from
treasury stock.

     Exercise of an option in any manner,  including an exercise  involving
an election of a stock appreciation right with respect to an option,  shall
result  in a  decrease  in the  number of shares  which  thereafter  may be
available  under the Plan by the number of shares as to which the option is
exercised.

     4. Time of Granting of Options.  The effective date of the granting of
an  option  (the  "Granting  Date")  shall  be the  date  specified  by the
Committee in its determination or designation relating to the award of such
option.

      5. Eligibility.  Options,  stock  appreciation  rights and restricted
stock awards may be granted only to key employees (which term shall include
officers)  who on the Granting Date are in the employ of the Company or any
of its present and future  subsidiary  corporations,  as defined in Section
425(f) of the Code ("Subsidiaries"), provided that nonqualified options may
also be  granted  to key  employees  of any  business  entity  in which the
Company shall have a substantial  interest (an "Affiliate").  A director of
the  Company  or of a  Subsidiary  or  Affiliate  who is not  also  such an
employee  shall not be  eligible to receive an option or  restricted  stock
award.  Options,  stock appreciation rights and restricted stock awards may
be  granted  to  eligible  employees  whether or not they hold or have held
options,  stock appreciation rights or grants of restricted stock under the
Plan or under previously adopted plans.

     6. Option  Prices.  The option price per share to be specified in each
option agreement shall be (i) with respect to incentive stock options,  the
mean  between  the high and low prices of the common  stock on the New York
Stock  Exchange on the Granting  Date, or such other price as the Committee
shall determine to be not less than 100% of fair market value of the common
stock on the Granting  Date,  provided,  however,  that with respect to any
incentive  stock option  granted to a person who on the Granting Date owns,
either directly or within the meaning of the attribution rules contained in
section  425(d) of the Code,  stock  possessing  more than 10% of the total
combined  voting  power of all  classes  of  stock  of his or her  employer
corporation  or of  its  parent  or  subsidiary  corporations,  as  defined
respectively  in  sections  425(e)  and (f) of the  Code  (a  "Ten  Percent
Shareholder"),  the option  price per share  shall not be less than 110% of
the fair market value of the common stock on the  Granting  Date;  and (ii)
with respect to  nonqualified  stock  options,  such price as the Committee
shall in its sole discretion determine.

     7. Certain Terms of Options.

     (a)  Nontransferability.  No option  (or  related  stock  appreciation
rights,  if any)  granted  under  the  Plan  shall be  transferable  by the
optionee other than (i) by will or by the laws of descent and distribution;
(ii) in the case of a Non-Qualified  Stock Option,  pursuant to a qualified
domestic relations order (as defined in the Code or Title I of the Employee
Retirement  Income  Security  Act  of  1974,  as  amended,   or  the  rules
thereunder);  or (iii)  pursuant to approval by the  Committee on the terms
set forth below.  The Committee may, in its discretion,  authorize all or a
portion of the  options  granted or to be granted to an  optionee  to be on
terms which permit transfer by such optionee to (i) the spouse, children or
grandchildren of the optionee ("Immediate Family Members"), (ii) a trust or
trusts for the exclusive benefit of such Immediate Family members, or (iii)
a partnership in which such Immediate Family Members are the only partners,
provided that (x) there may be no consideration for any such transfer,  (y)
the stock option agreement  pursuant to which such options are granted must
be   approved   by  the   Committee,   and  must   expressly   provide  for
transferability  in a manner  consistent  with this Section  7(a),  and (z)
subsequent  transfers of  transferred  options shall be  prohibited  except
those in accordance with this Section 7(a).  Following  transfer,  any such
options  shall  continue to be subject to the same terms and  conditions as
were applicable  immediately prior to transfer,  provided that for purposes
of Section 7(a) hereof the term "optionee"  shall be deemed to refer to the
transferee.  The events of termination of employment of Section 7(b) hereof
shall  continue  to be  applied  with  respect  to the  original  optionee,
following  which the options shall be exercisable by the transferee only to
the extent,  and for the periods  specified  in Section  7(b).  All options
shall  be  exercisable,  subject  to the  terms  of the  Plan,  during  the
optionee's lifetime only by the optionee or by the transferee. In the event
an option or options are  transferred by an optionee in the manner provided
herein, the original optionee shall remain subject to withholding taxes for
the amount of the income  realized  upon  exercise of the options,  and the
Company shall have no obligation to provide notice to the transferee of the
termination  of the option due to  termination  of the original  optionee's
employment  or  the  death,  disability  or  retirement  of  such  original
optionee.  Further,  the  Company  shall be under no  obligation  to file a
registration  statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  with
respect to the shares  issuable upon exercise of the options that have been
transferred.

     (b) Period of  Exercise;  Termination.  An option may be  exercised in
whole at any time or in part from time to time  during the  option  period,
subject to such  limitations  and  restrictions  as may be  included in the
option, provided,  however, that no option may be exercised within a period
of one year from the Granting Date thereof.  In the case of  termination of
employment  by reason of  retirement  at or after age 57, the employee may,
(i) within  three months of said  retirement  date in the case of incentive
stock options,  or (ii) within twelve months of said retirement date in the
case of nonqualified stock options, exercise all of the option rights which
were  exercisable  on the day  before  said  retirement  date  and any such
options  not  so  exercised  shall  thereupon  terminate.  In the  case  of
termination  of  employment  by  reason  of  death,  the  employee's  legal
representative  may,  within one year of the date of death  (subject to the
limitation on the exercise of incentive stock options  contained in Section
7(g)),  exercise all of the option  rights of the employee  (whether or not
such options were exercisable on the day before the employee's  death), and
any such options not so exercised shall thereupon terminate. In the case of
termination  of employment  by reason of disability  (within the meaning of
Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), the employee or his legal representative, as
the case may be,  may (i) with  regard  to stock  options  granted  with an
exercise  price  equal to or  greater  than the  fair  market  value of the
applicable shares on the date such options are granted,  within one year of
the date of  disability  (subject  to the  limitation  on the  exercise  of
incentive  stock options  contained in Section 7(g)),  exercise all of such
option rights of the employee (whether or not such options were exercisable
on the day before such termination),  and any such options not so exercised
shall  thereupon  terminate;  and (ii) with regard to stock options granted
with an exercise  price less than the fair market  value of the  applicable
shares on the date such options are granted,  the employee  shall be deemed
not to have  terminated  his employment by reason of his disability for the
purpose of determining when such options become exercisable and whether the
employee  may  exercise  such  options,  whether or not such  options  were
exercisable  on the day  before  such  disability,  and the  options  shall
terminate  one  year  from  the  date  which  all  of  the  options  become
exercisable,  unless the  employee's  disability  terminates and he accepts
employment  with an  employer  other  than the  Company,  in which case the
employee's right to exercise  options  pursuant to this  alternative  shall
cease  immediately,  and any of such option  rights not so exercised  shall
terminate.  In all  other  cases  all  rights  to  exercise  options  shall
terminate once the employee  ceases to be an employee of the Company or any
of its  Subsidiaries  ( or,  in  the  case  of a  nonqualified  option,  an
Affiliate), provided, however, that the Committee shall have the discretion
to permit options to be exercised in such  circumstances for a period of up
to nine months after termination of employment. Each incentive stock option
shall  expire  not more than ten years (or,  if  granted  to a Ten  Percent
Shareholder,  five years) after the Granting  Date (or, if earlier,  within
the  above-stated  period  after death,  disability  or  retirement).  Each
nonqualified option shall expire not more than ten years after the Granting
Date (or if earlier, within the above-stated period after death, disability
or retirement).  Notwithstanding  the foregoing  exercise rules relating to
death, disability or retirement,  all options shall expire not more than 10
years  (or,  in the case of an  incentive  stock  option  granted  to a Ten
Percent Shareholder, five years) after the Granting Date.

     (c) Payment for Shares.  Full  payment for shares  purchased  upon the
exercise  of an  option  shall be made in cash or, at the  election  of the
optionee and as the  Committee  may, in its sole  discretion,  approve,  by
surrendering  shares of common stock of the Company with an aggregate  fair
market value  (determined in accordance with Section 6, above) equal to the
aggregate  option price,  or by delivering  such  combination  of shares of
common  stock  and cash as the  Committee  shall,  in its sole  discretion,
approve.

     (d) Delivery of Shares; Withholding. Upon payment of the option price,
a certificate  for the number of whole shares to which the  participant  is
entitled shall be delivered to such  participant by the Company,  provided,
however,  that in the case of the exercise of a  nonqualified  option,  the
participant  has  remitted to his  employer an amount,  determined  by such
employer,  necessary  to  satisfy  applicable  federal,  state or local tax
withholding  requirements,  or  made  other  arrangements  with  his or her
employer for the satisfaction of such tax withholding requirements.

     (e) Stock Appreciation Rights. As an alternative to the payment by the
holder for the number of shares in respect of which an option is exercised,
the  Committee  may provide  alternative  settlement  methods  (hereinafter
referred to as stock appreciation rights) as follows:

          (i) The Committee, in its discretion,  may provide that any stock
option  by its  terms  may  permit  the  holder  to elect  any of the stock
appreciation rights set forth in subsection (iii) below.

          (ii) The Committee,  in its discretion,  may at the request of an
employee holding a nonqualified option under the Plan which does not by its
terms include  stock  appreciation  rights,  amend the option to permit the
election of such rights by the holder.

          (iii) The stock appreciation  rights permit the holder to receive
from the Company: (A) cash in an amount equal to the excess of the value of
one share over the option  price times the number of shares as to which the
stock  appreciation  right is  exercised;  (B) the  number of whole  shares
having an aggregate value not greater than the cash amount calculated under
alternative  (A);  or (C) any  combination  of cash  and  stock  having  an
aggregate  value  not  greater  than  the  cash  amount   calculated  under
alternative  (A).  For  purposes  of  determining  the  value  of  a  stock
appreciation  right,  the  value per share  shall be  determined  as of the
exercise date in the manner specified in Section 6 above.

          (iv) The exercise of a stock  appreciation  right with respect to
an option shall  result in the  expiration  of such  related  option to the
extent of the number of stock appreciation  rights exercised.  In addition,
all stock  appreciation  rights related to incentive stock options shall be
subject to the following terms: (A) such stock appreciation rights shall be
exercisable  only when the fair  market  value of the stock  subject to the
related  option  exceeds the option price of the related  option,  and such
option is otherwise  exercisable;  (B) such stock  appreciation  rights are
transferable  only when the related option is otherwise  transferable,  and
(C) such other terms as the Committee shall in its discretion  determine to
be necessary to enable the related option to qualify as an incentive  stock
option within the meaning of section 422A of the Code.

          (v) Any election of any stock  appreciation  rights  provided for
under this Section 7 shall be subject to the consent or  disapproval of the
Committee  at any time after the election is made and the  Committee  shall
have sole discretion to determine  whether,  and to what extent,  the stock
appreciation  right  elected  shall be paid in cash,  in common  stock,  or
partially in cash and partially in common stock.

          (vi) Any  shares of common  stock  due upon  exercise  of a stock
appreciation right shall be delivered to the participant by the Company and
any payment of cash shall be made by the employer of the  participant.  The
employer  of the  participant  shall  deduct from the amount of any cash so
payable an amount necessary to satisfy applicable federal,  state, or local
tax  withholding  requirements.  If no cash is payable (or if the amount of
cash  payable  is  insufficient  to  satisfy   applicable  tax  withholding
requirements),  no  shares  shall  be  delivered  by  the  Company  to  the
participant until the participant  remits to his or her employer an amount,
determined  by such  employer,  necessary  to satisfy  applicable  federal,
state,  or local tax withholding  requirements or makes other  arrangements
for the satisfaction of such tax withholding requirements.

     (f) No  Fractional  Shares.  Only whole shares shall be issuable  upon
exercise  of  options  and  stock  appreciation  rights.  Any  right  to  a
fractional share shall be satisfied in cash, or shall be eliminated, in the
sole discretion of the Committee.

     (g) Limitation on Exercise of Incentive  Stock Options.  The aggregate
fair market  value  (determined  as of the time options are granted) of the
shares with  respect to which  incentive  stock  options  may first  become
exercisable  by a holder in any one  calendar  year  under the Plan and any
other  plan of his  employer  corporation  and its  parent  and  subsidiary
corporations,  as defined  respectively  in  section  425(e) and (f) of the
Code, shall not exceed $100,000.  The foregoing limitation shall apply only
to incentive  stock options granted under the Plan, and not to nonqualified
options granted under the Plan.

     8.  Adjustments  Upon  Changes  in  Capitalization.  Except  as may be
determined  in the sole  discretion  of the  Committee  and provided in the
option agreement with respect to any option, in the event of changes in the
outstanding common stock of the Company by reason of stock dividends, stock
splits, recapitalizations,  combinations or exchanges of shares, split-ups,
split-offs,  spin-offs, or other similar changes in capitalization,  or any
distribution to common  stockholders other than cash dividends,  the number
and class of shares subject to each outstanding  option, the option prices,
the number  and class of shares  subject  to stock  appreciation  rights or
restricted  stock  awards,  and the  aggregate  number  and class of shares
available under the Plan shall be appropriately  adjusted by the Committee;
provided that, in the event the outstanding shares of common stock shall be
changed into or exchanged for any other class or series of capital stock or
cash,   securities  or  other  property  pursuant  to  a  recapitalization,
reclassification,    merger,   consolidation,    combination   or   similar
transaction,  then each option shall thereafter become  exercisable for the
number and/or kind of capital stock, and/or the amount of cash,  securities
or other  property so  distributed,  into which the shares of common  stock
subject to the option would have been  changed or exchanged  had the option
been exercised in full prior to such transaction, provided further that, if
the kind or amount of capital stock or cash,  securities or other  property
received in such transaction is not the same for each outstanding  share of
common stock, then the kind or amount of capital stock or cash,  securities
or other property for which the option shall thereafter become  exercisable
shall be the kind and amount so receivable  per share by a plurality of the
shares,  and provided  further that if  necessary,  the  provisions  of the
option shall be appropriately adjusted so as to be applicable, as nearly as
may  reasonably  be, to any shares of capital  stock,  cash,  securities or
other  property  thereafter  issuable or  deliverable  upon exercise of the
option.

     9.  Option  Agreements.  Each  option and  agreement  (and  amendments
thereof)  shall  contain  such terms and  provisions,  consistent  with the
requirements  of  this  Plan,  as the  Committee  in its  discretion  shall
determine,  including without limitation such terms and provisions as shall
be requisite to cause certain  stock options to qualify as incentive  stock
options  under  Section  422A of the Code.  Option  agreements  need not be
identical.

     10.  Restricted Stock Awards.  The Committee,  in its sole discretion,
may award to eligible  participants  shares of common  stock of the Company
(such shares, while subject to such restrictions to be hereinafter referred
to as  "Restricted  Stock").  All  shares of  Restricted  Stock  awarded to
participants  under the Plan shall be subject  to the  following  terms and
conditions and to such other terms, restrictions and conditions (including,
but not limited to, conditions and restrictions  relating to the attainment
of  performance  goals),  not  inconsistent  with  the  Plan,  as  shall be
prescribed  by the  Committee  in its  sole  discretion  and  as  shall  be
contained in the Agreement referred to in Section 10(d) hereof.

          (a)  Restrictions.  At the time of an award of Restricted  Stock,
the Committee  shall  establish for each  participant a Restricted  Period.
Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, assigned, transferred,  pledged
or otherwise encumbered by the participant, except as hereinafter provided,
during the Restricted Period. Except for such restrictions,  and subject to
Sections 10(c) , 10(d), 10(e) and 10(f) hereof, the participant as owner of
such shares shall have all the rights of a  stockholder  including  but not
limited to the right to receive all  dividends  paid on such shares and the
right to vote such shares.  The Committee shall have the authority,  in its
discretion,  to accelerate the time at which any or all of the restrictions
shall  lapse with  respect to any shares of  Restricted  Stock prior to the
expiration of the Restricted Period with respect thereto,  or to remove any
or all of such restrictions,  whenever it may determine that such action is
appropriate.

          (b) Termination of Employment.  If a participant  ceases to be an
employee of the  Company for any reason  (including  death,  disability  or
retirement),  all shares of  Restricted  Stock  theretofore  awarded to him
shall upon such  termination of employment be forfeited and returned to the
Company,  unless  otherwise  provided in the  restricted  stock  agreement,
provided, however, that the Committee may, but need not, within 120 days of
such  termination of employment,  determine that some or all of such shares
shall be free of restrictions and shall not be forfeited.

          (c) Legended Certificates.  Each certificate issued in respect of
shares of  Restricted  Stock  awarded under the Plan shall be registered in
the name of the participant and deposited by the participant, together with
a stock  power  endorsed  in blank,  with the  Company  and shall  bear the
following (or similar) legend:

          "The  transferability of this certificate and the shares of stock
represented  hereby  are  subject  to the terms and  conditions  (including
forfeiture)  contained  in the 1989 Stock  Option  and Stock  Award Plan of
American  Stores  Company  and  an  Agreement   entered  into  between  the
registered  owner  and  American  Stores  Company.  Copies of such Plan and
Agreement  are on file in the offices of the  Secretary of American  Stores
Company."

          (d)  Agreements.  At the time of an award of shares of Restricted
Stock, the participant shall enter into an Agreement with the Company, in a
form  specified by the  Committee,  agreeing to the terms and conditions of
the  award  and  such  other  matters  as the  Committee  shall in its sole
discretion determine.

          (e)  Withholding.  At  the  time  of  vesting  of any  shares  of
Restricted  Stock,  and  as  a  further  condition  to  such  vesting,  the
participant  shall  remit to his  employer  an amount,  determined  by such
employer,  necessary  to  satisfy  applicable  federal,  state or local tax
withholding requirements,  or shall make other arrangements with his or her
employer for the satisfaction of such tax withholding requirements.

          (f)  Delivery  of   Certificates.   At  the   expiration  of  the
restrictions  imposed by Section 10(a) hereof,  the Company shall redeliver
to the participant (or where the relevant provision of Section 10(b) hereof
applies,  in  the  case  of  a  deceased  participant,  his  or  her  legal
representative,  beneficiary  or heir) the  certificate(s)  and stock power
deposited with it pursuant to Section 10(c) hereof and the shares of Common
Stock represented by such certificate(s)  shall be free of the restrictions
referred to in Section  10(a) hereof and the legend  referred to in Section
10(c) hereof.

          11.  Securities  Laws.  The  Committee  may make each grant of an
option or a stock appreciation right or award of Restricted Stock under the
Plan  subject to such  conditions  as shall  cause the award of  Restricted
Stock and the grant and exercise of any option or stock  appreciation right
to comply with the then-existing requirements of Rule 16b-3 (or any similar
rule) of the Securities and Exchange Commission ("Rule 16b-3").

      12. Government and Other  Regulations.  The obligation of the Company
to issue shares under the Plan shall be subject to (i) all applicable laws,
rules and regulations,  and such approvals by any governmental  agencies as
may be required, including, but not by way of limitation, the effectiveness
of a  Registration  Statement  under the  Securities  Act of 1933 as deemed
necessary or  appropriate by counsel for the Company and (ii) the condition
that the shares of common stock  reserved for issuance upon the exercise of
options  granted  under the Plan shall have been duly  listed  upon the New
York Stock  Exchange  or any other stock  exchange  on which the  Company's
common stock is actively traded.

      13.  Non-Exclusivity of the Plan. Neither the adoption of the Plan by
the Board of Directors nor the  submission of the Plan to the  stockholders
of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any  limitations
on the  power of the  Board of  Directors  to adopt  such  other  incentive
arrangements as it may deem desirable,  including,  without limitation, the
granting  of  stock  options  otherwise  than  under  the  Plan,  and  such
arrangement  may be  either  generally  applicable  or  applicable  only in
specific cases.

      14.  Rights As  Shareholder.  Neither an  optionee  nor a holder of a
stock appreciation right shall have any right as a shareholder with respect
to any shares  subject to his or her options or stock  appreciation  rights
until the date of the  issuance  of a stock  certificate  to him or her for
such shares.

      15. Plan Not To Affect Employment. Neither the Plan nor any option or
stock  appreciation right shall confer upon any employee of the Company any
right to continue in the employment of the Company.

      16. Transfer of Employment. For purposes of the Plan, a transfer of a
participant  between the Company, a Subsidiary (or, in the case of a holder
of a nonqualified  option,  an Affiliate) shall not be deemed a termination
of employment.

      17. Termination and Amendment. Unless the Plan shall theretofore have
been  terminated as  hereinafter  provided,  it shall  terminate on, and no
option shall be granted  thereunder  after,  December 6, 1998. The Board of
Directors  may  also  terminate  the  Plan or make  such  modifications  or
amendments thereof as it shall deem advisable;  provided, however, that the
Board of Directors may not,  without  further  approval by the holders of a
majority of the  outstanding  stock of the Company  having  general  voting
power,  (a) increase the maximum  number of shares for which options may be
granted under the Plan in the aggregate,  (b) change the requirements as to
the class of employees  eligible to receive options,  or (c) make any other
change that requires the approval of  shareholders in order to maintain the
exemption  under  Rule  16b-3.  The  Committee  may,   however,   authorize
amendments  of  outstanding   options  including  without   limitation  the
reduction of the option  prices  specified  therein (or the granting of new
options at lower prices upon cancellation of outstanding  options), so long
as all options granted hereunder outstanding at any one time shall not call
for  issuance of more  shares of common  stock than those  provided  for in
Section 3 hereof and so long as the  provisions of any amended option would
have been  permissible  under the Plan if such  option had been  originally
granted  as of the date of such  amendment  with  such  amended  terms.  No
termination,  modification,  or  amendment  of the Plan or any option  may,
without the consent of the  employee to whom any option  shall  theretofore
have been granted,  adversely affect the rights of such employee under such
option.

      18.  Effectiveness of the Plan. The Plan shall become effective as of
December 6, 1988; provided,  however, that no option granted thereunder may
be  exercised  until the  stockholders  of the Company  approve the Plan at
their 1989 Annual Meeting.  If the stockholders fail to give such approval,
the Plan and any and all options granted thereunder shall be null and void.
Approval of stockholders shall require the affirmative votes of the holders
of a majority of the  outstanding  common stock of the Company  voting at a
meeting where a quorum is present, in person or by proxy.

      19. Change in Control.  The Board of Directors of the Company may, at
its  discretion,  accelerate  the right to exercise  all or any part of any
unexercisable option granted under the Plan or accelerate the time at which
any or all of the  restrictions  shall lapse with  respect to any shares of
Restricted  Stock  awarded  under  the  Plan;   provided,   however,   that
notwithstanding  the foregoing,  unless  otherwise  provided at the time of
grant,  from and after a Change of Control (as  hereinafter  defined)  each
unexercisable  option shall vest and each option  shall become  immediately
exercisable  to the  full  extent  of the  original  grant  and  all of the
restrictions  (including the Restricted  Period) with respect to any shares
of Restricted Stock  (including any provision  providing for the forfeiture
of  any  Restricted   Stock  under  any   circumstances)   shall  terminate
immediately and share  certificates  relating to the Restricted Stock shall
be delivered to participants pursuant to the terms of Section 10(f) hereof.

      Notwithstanding  anything  contained  in  Section  7  hereof  to  the
contrary,  if an optionee's  employment is terminated  (i) by action of his
employer,  other than discharge for Cause (as hereinafter defined), or (ii)
by voluntary  resignation of the optionee,  in either case within 18 months
following a Change of Control,  any options that are then  exercisable held
by the optionee may be exercised by him until the earlier of six months and
one day  after  such  termination  or the  expiration  of such  options  in
accordance  with their terms.  "Cause" for the  purposes of this  paragraph
shall  mean an act or acts of  dishonesty  on  employee's  part  which  are
intended or result in his substantial personal enrichment at the expense of
the Company or his conviction for commission of a felony.

      Notwithstanding  anything  contained  in the  Plan  to the  contrary,
unless  otherwise  provided at the time of grant,  during the 60-day period
from and after a Change of Control an optionee  (other than an optionee who
initiated  a Change of Control  in a  capacity  other than as an officer or
director of the Company) with respect to an option that is unaccompanied by
a stock  appreciation  right shall,  unless the Committee  shall  determine
otherwise at the time of grant,  have the right,  in lieu of the payment of
the full purchase price of the shares of common stock being purchased under
the option and by giving  written  notice to the Company,  to elect (within
such 60-day  period) to surrender  all or part of the option to the Company
and to  receive  in cash an  amount  equal to the  amount by which the fair
market  value per share of the common  stock on the date of exercise  shall
exceed the  purchase  price per share  under the option  multiplied  by the
number of shares of common stock  granted  under the option as to which the
right granted by this paragraph shall have been exercised;  provided,  that
if any right  granted  pursuant  to this  sentence  would  make a Change in
Control  transaction  ineligible for pooling of interests  accounting under
APB No. 16 that is intended to be eligible for such  accounting  treatment,
(i) the  Committee  shall have the ability to  substitute  the cash payable
pursuant to this paragraph with common stock with a fair market value equal
to the cash that would otherwise be payable hereunder,  (ii) the period for
the holder to elect such right shall  terminate as of the close of business
on the date of consummation of such Change of Control transaction and (iii)
the Change of Control  Fair  Market  Value shall be adjusted to provide the
holders of such rights with fair value in exchange for any reduction in the
period  for  such  election  as  determined  by the  Committee  in its sole
judgment. The fair market value of the common stock on the date of exercise
shall mean:  (a) with respect to an election by an optionee to receive cash
in respect of an option which is not an incentive stock option, the "Change
of Control Fair Market Value," as defined below; and (b) with respect to an
election by an optionee to receive cash in respect of an option which is an
incentive  stock option,  the mean of the high and low prices of the common
stock on the New York Stock Exchange on such date.

      Notwithstanding  anything contained in the Plan to the contrary,  the
payment  in  settlement  of a stock  appreciation  right  during the 60-day
period  (or such  shorter  period as the  rights  granted  pursuant  to the
previous  paragraph  are  exercisable)  from and after a Change of  Control
shall be  entirely  in cash and during the 60-day  period (or such  shorter
period  as the  rights  granted  pursuant  to the  previous  paragraph  are
exercisable)  from and  after a Change of  Control  the value of a share of
common  stock on the date of  exercise  shall mean (i) with  respect to the
exercise of a stock  appreciation right accompanying an option which is not
an incentive  stock  option,  the "Change of Control Fair Market Value" and
(ii)  with  respect  to  the  exercise  of  a  stock   appreciation   right
accompanying an incentive stock option, the mean of the high and low prices
of the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on such date;  provided,
that if any right granted  pursuant to this sentence would make a Change in
Control  transaction  ineligible for pooling of interests  accounting under
APB No. 16 that is intended to be eligible for such  accounting  treatment,
the  Committee  shall  have the  ability  to  substitute  the cash  payable
pursuant to this paragraph with common stock with a fair market value equal
to the cash that would otherwise be payable hereunder.

      For the purpose of the Plan, a "Change of Control"  shall mean any of
the following events:

          (i)  The  acquisition,  other  than  from  the  Company,  by  any
individual,  entity or group  (within  the  meaning of Section  13(d)(3) or
14(d)(2) of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
Act")) other than L.S. Skaggs, his affiliates and associates, his heirs and
any trust or foundation to which he has  transferred or may transfer shares
of common stock, of beneficial  ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3
promulgated  under  the  Exchange  Act) of 20% or more of  either  the then
outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the "Outstanding Company
Common Stock") or the combined voting power of the then outstanding  voting
securities  of the Company  entitled to vote  generally  in the election of
directors (the "Company Voting Securities"),  provided,  however,  that any
acquisition  by the Company or its  subsidiaries,  or any employee  benefit
plan  (or  related  trust)  of  the  Company  or its  subsidiaries,  or any
corporation with respect to which,  following such  acquisition,  more than
80% of,  respectively,  the then outstanding shares of common stock of such
corporation  and the combined voting power of the then  outstanding  voting
securities of such  corporation  entitled to vote generally in the election
of directors is then  beneficially  owned,  directly or indirectly,  by the
individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners,  respectively,  of
the  Outstanding   Company  Common  Stock  and  Company  Voting  Securities
immediately  prior to such acquisition in substantially the same proportion
as  their  ownership,   immediately  prior  to  such  acquisition,  of  the
Outstanding Company Common Stock and Company Voting Securities, as the case
may be, shall not constitute a Change of Control; or

          (ii)  Individuals  who, as of February  1, 1989,  constitute  the
Board of  Directors  of the Company  (as of  February 1, 1989,  as adjusted
below, the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a
majority of the Board,  provided  that any  individual  becoming a director
subsequent to February 1, 1989 whose  election,  or nomination for election
by the  Company's  stockholders,  was  approved  by a vote  of at  least  a
majority of the directors  then  comprising  the  Incumbent  Board shall be
considered  a  member  of the  Incumbent  Board,  but  excluding,  for this
purpose,  any such  individual  whose  initial  assumption  of office is in
connection with an actual or threatened  election  contest  relating to the
election  of the  Directors  of the Company (as such terms are used in Rule
14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act); or

          (iii)  Approval  by  the   stockholders   of  the  Company  of  a
reorganization,  merger or  consolidation,  in each case,  with  respect to
which the  individuals  and  entities  who were the  respective  beneficial
owners of the common stock and voting securities of the Company immediately
prior to such  reorganization,  merger or consolidation  do not,  following
such reorganization, merger or consolidation, beneficially own, directly or
indirectly, more than 80% of, respectively,  the then outstanding shares of
common stock and the combined voting power of the then  outstanding  voting
securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors,  as the
case may be, of the corporation resulting from such reorganization,  merger
or consolidation,  or a complete  liquidation or dissolution of the Company
or of the  sale or other  disposition  of all or  substantially  all of the
assets of the Company.

      For purposes of the Plan,  the "Change of Control Fair Market  Value"
shall mean,  subject to adjustment  by the Committee  pursuant to the third
paragraph  of  Section  19, the higher of (x) the  highest  reported  sales
price,  regular way, of a share of common stock on the  Composite  Tape for
New York Stock Exchange Listed Stocks during the 60-day period prior to the
date of the  Change of  Control  and (y) if the  Change of  Control  is the
result of a transaction or series of  transactions  described in paragraphs
(i) or (iii) of the  definition  of  Change  of  Control  set forth in this
Section,  the  highest  price  per  share  of  common  stock  paid  in such
transaction or series of  transactions  (in the case of a Change of Control
described  in such  paragraph  (i) of such  definition),  as reflected in a
Schedule 13D filed by the person having made the acquisition.



                                                               Exhibit 4.15

                          American Stores Company
                            Amended and Restated
                   1985 Stock Option and Stock Award Plan

     1. Adoption and Purpose of Plan.  American Stores Company,  a Delaware
corporation (hereinafter called the Company), hereby adopts a stock option,
stock  appreciation  rights and stock award plan providing for the granting
of stock  options,  stock  appreciation  rights  and  stock  awards  to key
management employees  (hereinafter called the Plan). The general purpose of
the Plan is to promote the interests of the Company and its stockholders in
attracting, maintaining and developing a management capable of assuring the
future  success of the Company and by  providing  to key  employees  of the
Company  and its  subsidiaries  and  affiliates  additional  incentives  to
continue and increase  their  efforts with respect to, and to remain in the
employ of, the Company or its  subsidiaries or affiliates.  So that maximum
incentive can be provided each  particular  employee  participating  in the
Plan by granting him an option or options best suited to his circumstances,
the Plan provides for granting both "incentive" (as defined in Section 422A
of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1954) and  "non-qualified"  stock options.
The Plan also provides for the grant of stock appreciation  rights, and for
the  grant of  shares  to  eligible  participants,  subject  to  forfeiture
restrictions  which will lapse upon the passage of time, the  participant's
continued employment with the Company, and certain other events.

     2.  Administration.  The Plan  shall be  administered  by a  committee
(hereinafter  called the Committee) of not less than three Directors of the
Company who shall be  appointed  by the Board of  Directors of the Company,
none of whom shall be eligible (or shall have been eligible within one year
prior to the date of their  appointments)  to participate in the Plan or to
be  selected as a  participant  under any other  discretionary  plan of the
Company or any of its affiliates  entitling  them to acquire  stock,  stock
option  or  stock  appreciation  rights  of  the  Company  or  any  of  its
affiliates.  The Committee  shall prescribe the form and content of options
to be granted under the Plan;  shall receive  elections for the exercise of
stock appreciation  rights and have full discretion  regarding the approval
or disapproval of such  elections,  and whether,  and to what extent,  such
stock  appreciation  rights shall be paid in cash, in common  stocks,  or a
combination of both; and shall determine the terms and  restrictions on all
restricted  stock awards  granted under the Plan.  The  Committee  shall be
authorized to interpret the Plan, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and
regulations relating to it and to make all other  determinations  necessary
or advisable for its administration.

     3. Shares  Subject to Plan.  The  Committee,  from time to time,  may,
pursuant to the Plan,  provide for the grant of options for the purchase of
common stock of the Company upon the exercise thereof,  and may grant stock
appreciation  rights and make restricted stock awards,  for an aggregate of
up to  1,000,000  shares,  subject to  adjustment  as provided in Section 8
hereof. If an option ceases to be exercisable in whole or in part by reason
of the  expiration  of the term of the option,  cancellation  of the option
with the  consent of the  optionee,  or upon or  following  termination  of
employment of the  optionee,  the shares which were subject to such option,
but as to which the option had not been  exercised  or  exercisable  at the
time of the  termination of the option or  employment,  as the case may be,
shall  continue  to be  available  under  the Plan to be  granted  to other
participants. Shares subject to restricted stock awards which are forfeited
to the  Company  shall  also be  available  under the Plan to be granted to
other  participants.  Shares  shall be made  available  under the Plan from
authorized and unissued stock or from treasury stock.

     4. Time of Granting of Options.  The effective date of the granting of
an  option  (hereinafter  called  the  Granting  Date)  shall  be the  date
specified by the Committee in its determination or designation  relating to
the award of such option.  The Committee shall promptly notify a grantee of
the grant of an option and a written  option  agreement  shall  promptly be
executed  and  delivered  by or on behalf of the Company  and the  grantee,
provided  that such  grant of an option  shall  expire  (to the  extent not
theretofore  exercised) if a written option agreement is not signed by such
grantee (or his agent or attorney)  and  returned to the Company  within 60
days from the Granting Date.

     5.  Eligibility.  Options,  stock  appreciation  rights and restricted
stock  awards may be granted  only to key  employees  (which  term shall be
deemed to include  officers)  who on the Granting Date are in the employ of
the Company or any of its present and future  subsidiary  corporations,  as
defined in Section 425(f) of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1954 as the same
shall be  amended  from  time to time  (hereinafter  called  Subsidiaries),
provided that "non-qualified"  options may also be granted to key employees
of any  business  entity  in which the  Company  shall  have a  substantial
interest (hereinafter called an Affiliate). A director of the Company or of
a  Subsidiary  or Affiliate  who is not also such an employee  shall not be
eligible to receive an option or  restricted  stock award.  Options,  stock
appreciation  rights and restricted stock awards may be granted to eligible
employees whether or not they hold or have held options, stock appreciation
rights or grants of  restricted  stock  under the Plan or under  previously
adopted plans.

     6. Option  Prices.  The option price per share to be specified in each
option  agreement  shall be (i) with respect to "incentive"  stock options,
the mean  between  the high and low prices of the  common  stock on the New
York Stock  Exchange  on the  Granting  Date,  or such  other  price as the
Committee shall determine to be not less than 100% of the fair market value
of the common  stock on the Granting  Date,  provided,  however,  that with
respect  to any  "incentive"  stock  option  granted to a person who on the
Granting  Date  owns,   either  directly  or  within  the  meaning  of  the
attribution rules contained in Section 425(d) of the Internal Revenue Code,
stock possessing more than 10 percent of the total combined voting power of
all classes of stock of his or her employee corporation or of its parent or
subsidiary corporations, as defined respectively in Sections 425(e) and (f)
of  the   Internal   Revenue  Code   (hereinafter   called  a  Ten  Percent
Shareholder),  the option price per share not be less than 110% of the fair
market  value of the  common  stock on the  Granting  Date;  and (ii)  with
respect to non-qualified  stock options,  such price as the Committee shall
in its sole discretion determine.

     7.  Certain   Terms  of  Options.   Each  option  (and  related  stock
appreciation   rights,   if  any)   granted   under   the  Plan   shall  be
nontransferable  otherwise  than by will or under the laws or  descent  and
distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of the holder thereof
only by him or her. An option may be  exercised  in whole at any time or in
part  from  time  to  time  during  the  option  period,  subject  to  such
limitations and  restrictions  as may be included in the option,  provided,
however,  that no option may be exercised  within a period of one year from
the Granting  Date  thereof.  In the case of  termination  of employment by
reason of retirement at or after age 57, the employee may, (i) within three
months of said retirement date in the case of "incentive" stock options, or
(ii)  within  twelve  months  of  said  retirement  date  in  the  case  of
non-qualified  stock options,  exercise all of the option rights which were
exercisable on the day before said retirement date and any such options not
so exercised  shall  thereupon  terminate.  In the case of  termination  of
employment by reason of death,  the employee's  legal  representative  may,
within  one year of the date of death  (subject  to the  limitation  on the
exercise of incentive  stock options  contained in Section 7(d)),  exercise
all of the option rights of the employee  (whether or not such options were
exercisable on the day before the employee's  death),  and any such options
not so exercised shall thereupon  terminate.  In the case of termination of
employment by reason of disability  (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3)
of the Code), the employee or his legal representative, as the case may be,
may (i) with regard to stock options  granted with an exercise  price equal
to or greater  than the fair market value of the  applicable  shares on the
date such  options are granted,  within one year of the date of  disability
(subject to the  limitation  on the  exercise of  incentive  stock  options
contained  in Section  7(d)),  exercise  all of such  option  rights of the
employee  (whether or not such options were  exercisable  on the day before
such  termination),  and any such options not so exercised  shall thereupon
terminate;  and (ii) with regard to stock options  granted with an exercise
price less than the fair market value of the applicable  shares on the date
such  options  are  granted,  the  employee  shall  be  deemed  not to have
terminated  his  employment by reason of his  disability for the purpose of
determining  when such options become  exercisable and whether the employee
may exercise such options,  whether or not such options were exercisable on
the day before such  disability,  and the options shall  terminate one year
from the date  which all of the  options  become  exercisable,  unless  the
employee's disability terminates and he accepts employment with an employer
other than the  Company,  in which case the  employee's  right to  exercise
options pursuant to this alternative  shall cease  immediately,  and any of
such option rights not so exercised shall terminate. In all other cases all
rights to exercise  options shall  terminate once the employee ceases to be
an employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or, in the case of a
non-qualified  option,  an Affiliate).  Each  incentive  stock option shall
expire  not  more  than  ten  years  (or,  if  granted  to  a  Ten  Percent
Shareholder,  five years) after the Granting  Date (or, if earlier,  within
the  above-stated  period  after death,  disability  or  retirement).  Each
non-qualified  option  shall  expire  not more  than ten  years  after  the
Granting Date (or if earlier,  within the above-stated  period after death,
disability or  retirement).  Notwithstanding  the foregoing  exercise rules
relating to death,  disability or retirement,  all options shall expire not
more than 10 years (or, in the case of an incentive stock option granted to
a Ten Percent Shareholder, five years) after the Granting Date.

     Full payment for shares purchased upon the exercise of an option shall
be made in cash or, at the election of the  optionee  and as the  Committee
may, in its sole  discretion,  approve,  by  surrendering  shares of common
stock of the Company with an aggregate  fair market  value  (determined  in
accordance  with Section 6, above) equal to the aggregate  option price, or
by delivering  such  combination  of shares of common stock and cash as the
Committee shall, in its sole discretion,  approve. As an alternative to the
payment  by the  holder  for the  number of shares in  respect  of which an
option is  exercised,  the  Committee  may provide  alternative  settlement
methods (hereinafter referred to as stock appreciation rights) as follows:

     (a)  The Committee, in its discretion,  may provide that any option by
          its  terms  may  permit  the  holder  to elect  any of the  stock
          appreciation rights set forth in subsection (c) below.

     (b)  The  Committee,  in its  discretion,  may at  the  request  of an
          employee holding a non-qualified option under the Plan which does
          not by its terms include  stock  appreciation  rights,  amend the
          option to  permit  the  election  of such  rights by the  holder,
          provided  that the  election  of any  such  rights  shall  not be
          exercisable  until six  months  after the date of such  amendment
          except  in the  event of the death or  disability  of the  holder
          prior thereto.

     (c)  The stock appreciation  rights are for the holder to receive from
          the  Company:  (i) cash in an amount  equal to the  excess of the
          value of one share  over the  option  price  times the  number of
          shares as to which the  option is  exercised;  (ii) the number of
          whole shares having an aggregate  value not greater than the cash
          amount calculated under alternative (i); or (iii) any combination
          of cash and stock having an aggregate  value not greater than the
          cash amount  calculated  under  alternative  (i). For purposes of
          determining the value of a stock  appreciation  right,  the value
          per share  shall be the mean  between  the high and low prices of
          the common stock of the Company on the New York Stock Exchange on
          the date of the exercise of the stock appreciation right, or such
          other  price  as the  Committee  shall  determine  to be the fair
          market value of the common stock on the date of exercise.

     The exercise of an alternative stock  appreciation  right with respect
to an option shall result in the  expiration of such related  option to the
extent of the number of stock appreciation  rights exercised.  In addition,
all stock  appreciation  rights related to incentive stock options shall be
subject to the following terms: (i) such stock appreciation rights shall be
exercisable  only when the fair  market  value of the stock  subject to the
related  option  exceeds the option price of the related  option,  and such
option is otherwise  exercisable;  (ii) such stock appreciation  rights are
transferable  only when the related option is otherwise  transferable,  and
(iii) such other terms as the Committee  shall in its discretion  determine
to be  necessary  to enable the related  option to qualify as an  incentive
stock option  within the meaning of Section  422A of the  Internal  Revenue
Code.

     Any  election of any of the stock  appreciation  rights  provided  for
under this Section 7 shall be subject to the consent or  disapproval of the
Committee  at any time after the election is made and the  Committee  shall
have sole discretion to determine  whether,  and to what extent,  the stock
appreciation  right  elected  shall be paid in cash,  in common  stock,  or
partially  in cash  and  partially  in  common  stock,  provided  that  the
aggregate  value of the payments  shall not be greater than the cash amount
calculated  under  alternative  (i). No  fractional  shares of common stock
shall be issued and the  Committee  shall  determine  whether cash shall be
paid in lieu of such  fractional  share interest or whether such fractional
share interest shall be eliminated.

     Any shares of common stock due upon  exercise of a stock  appreciation
right shall be delivered to the  participant by the Company and any payment
of cash shall be made by the employer of the  participant.  The employer of
the  participant  shall  deduct  from the  amount of any cash so payable an
amount  necessary  to  satisfy  applicable  federal,  state,  or local  tax
withholding  requirements.  If no cash is payable (or if the amount of cash
payable   is   insufficient   to   satisfy   applicable   tax   withholding
requirements),  no  shares  shall  be  delivered  by  the  Company  to  the
participant until the participant  remits to his or her employer an amount,
determined  by such  employer,  necessary  to satisfy  applicable  federal,
state,  or local tax withholding  requirements or makes other  arrangements
for the satisfaction of such tax withholding requirements.

     Only whole  shares  shall be issuable  upon  exercise of Options.  Any
right to a  fractional  share  shall  be  satisfied  in  cash,  or shall be
eliminated,  in the sole  discretion of the Committee.  Upon payment of the
option  price,  a  certificate  for the number of whole shares to which the
participant  is entitled  shall be  delivered  to such  participant  by the
Company,  provided,  however,  that  in  the  case  of  the  exercise  of a
non-qualified  option,  the  participant  has  remitted to his  employer an
amount,  determined  by such  employer,  necessary  to  satisfy  applicable
federal,  state,  or local  tax  withholding  requirements,  or made  other
arrangements  with his or her  employer  for the  satisfaction  of such tax
withholding requirements.

     Exercise of an option in any manner,  including an exercise  involving
an election of a stock appreciation right with respect to an option,  shall
result  in a  decrease  in the  number of shares  which  thereafter  may be
available  under the Plan by the number of shares as to which the option is
exercised.

     (d)  Limitation on Exercise of Incentive Stock Options

          The  aggregate  fair  market  value  (determined  as of the  time
          options  are  granted)  of  the  shares  with  respect  to  which
          incentive stock options may first become  exercisable by a holder
          in any one calendar year under the Plan and any other plan of his
          employer corporation and its parent and subsidiary  corporations,
          as defined respectively in Section 425(e) and (f) of the Internal
          Revenue Code, shall not exceed $100,000. The foregoing limitation
          shall apply only to incentive  stock  options  granted  under the
          Plan, and not to non-qualified options granted under the Plan.

     8. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization. In the event of changes
in the  outstanding  common  stock  of  the  Company  by  reason  of  stock
dividends,  stock splits,  recapitalizations,  combinations or exchanges of
shares,  split-ups,  split-offs,  spin-offs,  or other  similar  changes in
capitalization,  or any distribution to common stockholders other than cash
dividends,  the  number  and class of shares  subject  to each  outstanding
option,  the option prices, the number and class of shares subject to stock
appreciation  rights or restricted  stock awards,  and the aggregate number
and  class  of  shares  available  under  the Plan  shall be  appropriately
adjusted  by the  Committee;  provided  that in the event  the  outstanding
shares of common  stock shall be changed  into or  exchanged  for any other
class or series of  capital  stock or cash,  securities  or other  property
pursuant to a recapitalization,  reclassification,  merger,  consolidation,
combination  or similar  transaction,  then each  option  shall  thereafter
become exercisable for the number and/or kind of capital stock,  and/or the
amount of cash, securities or other property so distributed, into which the
shares of common  stock  subject to the option  would have been  changed or
exchanged had the option been exercised in full prior to such  transaction,
provided  further  that,  if the kind or amount of  capital  stock or cash,
securities or other property  received in such  transaction is not the same
for each  outstanding  share of  common  stock,  then the kind or amount of
capital stock or cash,  securities  or other  property for which the option
shall  thereafter  become  exercisable  shall  be the kind  and  amount  so
receivable  per share by a plurality of the shares,  and  provided  further
that if  necessary,  the  provisions  of the option shall be  appropriately
adjusted so as to be  applicable,  as nearly as may  reasonably  be, to any
shares of capital  stock,  cash,  securities or other  property  thereafter
issuable or deliverable upon exercise of the option.

     9.  Option  Agreements.  Each  option and  agreement  (and  amendments
thereof)  shall  contain  such terms and  provisions,  consistent  with the
requirements  of  this  Plan,  as the  Committee  in its  discretion  shall
determine,  including without limitation such terms and provisions as shall
be requisite to cause certain stock options to qualify as "incentive" stock
options  under  Section  422A of the  Internal  Revenue  Code of  1954,  as
amended. Option agreements need not be identical.

     10.  Restricted Stock Awards.  The Committee,  in its sole discretion,
may award to eligible  participant's  shares of common stock of the Company
(such shares, while subject to such restrictions to be hereinafter referred
to as  Restricted  Stock).  All  shares  of  Restricted  Stock  awarded  to
participants  under the Plan shall be subject  to the  following  terms and
conditions and to such other terms and conditions,  not  inconsistent  with
the Plan, as shall be  prescribed  by the Committee in its sole  discretion
and as shall be contained  in the  Agreement  referred to in Section  10(d)
hereof.

     (a)  At the time of an award of Restricted  Stock, the Committee shall
          establish  for each  participant a Restricted  Period.  Shares of
          Restricted Stock may not be sold, assigned, transferred,  pledged
          or otherwise encumbered by the participant, except as hereinafter
          provided,   during  the  Restricted   Period.   Except  for  such
          restrictions,  and subject to Sections 10(c),  10(d),  10(e), and
          10(f) hereof,  the participant as owner of such shares shall have
          all the rights of a stockholder  including but not limited to the
          right to receive all dividends  paid on such shares and the right
          to vote such shares.  The Committee shall have the authority,  in
          its discretion, to accelerate the time at which any or all of the
          restrictions shall lapse with respect to any shares of Restricted
          Stock  prior to the  expiration  of the  Restricted  Period  with
          respect  thereto,  or to remove any or all of such  restrictions,
          whenever  it may  determine  that such action is  appropriate  by
          reason  of  changes  in  applicable  tax or  other  laws or other
          changes in circumstances occurring after the commencement of such
          Restricted Period.

     (b)  If a participant  ceases to be an employee of the Company for any
          reason (including death, disability or retirement), all shares of
          Restricted  Stock  theretofore  awarded to him  shall,  upon such
          termination  of  employment,  be  forfeited  and  returned to the
          Company, provided, however, that the Committee may, but need not,
          within 120 days of such termination of employment, determine that
          some or all of such  shares  shall  be free of  restrictions  and
          shall  not  be  forfeited.  Unless  the  Committee  in  its  sole
          discretion  determines  (and so provides in the Restricted  Stock
          agreement with respect to any grant, or in any amendment thereof)
          that upon the death or  disability  of a  participant,  shares of
          Restricted Stock theretofore granted to such participant shall be
          free of all restrictions.

     (c)  Each certificate  issued in respect of shares of Restricted Stock
          awarded  under the Plan  shall be  registered  in the name of the
          participant  and  deposited by the  participant,  together with a
          stock power  endorsed  in blank,  with the Company and shall bear
          the following (or similar) legend:

              "The  transferability  of this  certificate and the shares of
              stock  represented  hereby  are  subject  to  the  terms  and
              conditions (including forfeiture) contained in the 1985 Stock
              Option and Stock Award Plan of American Stores Company and an
              Agreement  entered  into  between  the  registered  owner and
              American  Stores  Company.  Copies of such Plan and Agreement
              are on file  in the  offices  of the  Secretary  of  American
              Stores Company."

     (d)  At the  time of an award  of  shares  of  Restricted  Stock,  the
          participant shall enter into an Agreement with the Company,  in a
          form  specified  by the  Committee,  agreeing  to the  terms  and
          conditions  of the award and such other  matters as the Committee
          shall in its sole discretion determine.

     (e)  At the time of vesting of any shares of Restricted  Stock, and as
          a further condition to such vesting,  the participant shall remit
          to his employer an amount, determined by such employer, necessary
          to satisfy  applicable  federal,  state, or local tax withholding
          requirements,  or shall make other  arrangements  with his or her
          employer   for  the   satisfaction   of  such   tax   withholding
          requirements.

     (f)  At the  expiration of the  restrictions  imposed by Section 10(a)
          hereof,  the Company shall redeliver to the participant (or where
          the relevant  provision of Section 10(b) hereof  applies,  in the
          case of a deceased participant,  his or her legal representative,
          beneficiary or heir) the certificate(s) and stock power deposited
          with it pursuant to Section 10(c) hereof and the shares of Common
          Stock  represented  by such  certificate(s)  shall be free of the
          restrictions referred to in Section 10(a) hereof.

     11. Securities Laws. The Committee may make each grant of an option or
a stock  appreciation  right or award of  Restricted  Stock  under the Plan
subject to such conditions as shall cause the award of Restricted Stock and
the grant and exercise of any option or stock  appreciation right to comply
with the then-existing  requirements of Rule 16b-3 (or any similar rule) of
the Securities and Exchange Commission.

     12. Termination and Agreement.  Unless the Plan shall theretofore have
been  terminated as  hereinafter  provided,  it shall  terminate on, and no
option shall be granted thereunder after,  September 10, 1995. The Board of
Directors  may  also  terminate  the  Plan or make  such  modifications  or
amendments thereof as it shall deem advisable, including such modifications
or  amendments  as it shall deem  advisable in order to cause certain stock
options to quality as  "incentive"  stock options under Section 422A of the
Internal  Revenue  Code or to conform to any law or  regulation  applicable
thereto;  provided,  however,  that the Board of Directors may not, without
further  approval by the holders of a majority of the outstanding  stock of
the Company having general voting power, (a) increase the maximum number of
shares for which  options may be granted  under the Plan in the  aggregate,
(b)  change  the  requirements  as to the class of  employees  eligible  to
receive options, or (c) make any other change that requires the approval of
shareholders  in order to maintain the  exemption  under Rule 16b-3 (or any
similar rule) of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Committee may,
however,  authorize  amendments of outstanding  options  including  without
limitation  the  reduction of the option prices  specified  therein (or the
granting of new options at lower prices upon  cancellation  of  outstanding
options),  so long as all options granted hereunder  outstanding at any one
time shall not call for  issuance of more shares of common stock than those
provided  for in  Section  3 hereof  and so long as the  provisions  of any
amended  option would have been  permissible  under the Plan if such option
had been  originally  granted  as of the date of such  amendment  with such
amended terms. No termination,  modification, or amendment of the Plan may,
without the consent of the  employee to whom any option  shall  theretofore
have been granted,  adversely affect the rights of such employee under such
option.

     13.  Effectiveness  of the Plan. The Plan shall become effective as of
September  10,  1985;  provided,  however,  that it and any and all options
granted thereunder shall be and become null and void if the stockholders of
the Company  shall fail to approve  the Plan at their 1986 Annual  Meeting.
Such approval of stockholders  shall require the  affirmative  votes of the
holders of a majority of the outstanding common stock of the Company.

     14. Government and Other Regulations. The obligation of the Company to
issue  shares under the Plan shall be subject to (i) all  applicable  laws,
rules and regulations,  and such approvals by any governmental  agencies as
may be required, including, but not by way of limitation, the effectiveness
of a  Registration  Statement  under the  Securities  Act of 1933 as deemed
necessary or  appropriate by counsel for the Company and (ii) the condition
that the shares of common stock  reserved for issuance upon the exercise of
options  granted  under the Plan shall have been duly  listed  upon the New
York Stock Exchange.

     15.  Non-Exclusivity  of the Plan. Neither the adoption of the Plan by
the Board of Directors nor the  submission of the Plan to the  stockholders
of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any  limitations
on the  power of the  Board of  Directors  to adopt  such  other  incentive
arrangements as it may deem desirable,  including,  without limitation, the
granting  of  stock  options  otherwise  than  under  the  Plan,  and  such
arrangement  may be  either  generally  applicable  or  applicable  only in
specific cases.

     16.  Rights As  Shareholders.  Neither an  optionee  nor a holder of a
stock appreciation right shall have any right as a shareholder with respect
to any shares  subject to his or her options or stock  appreciation  rights
until the date of the  issuance  of a stock  certificate  to him or her for
such shares.

     17. Plan Not To Affect Employment.  Neither the Plan nor any option or
stock  appreciation right shall confer upon any employee of the Company any
right to continue in the employment of the Company.

     18. Change in Control.
     (a) Notwithstanding  any provision in this plan to the  contrary,  the
         Committee may, at its discretion, accelerate the right to exercise
         all or any part of any unexercisable option granted under the Plan
         or  accelerate  the time at which  any or all of the  restrictions
         shall lapse with respect to any shares of Restricted Stock awarded
         under  the  Plan;  provided,  however,  that  notwithstanding  the
         foregoing,  from and after a Change  of  Control  (as  hereinafter
         defined)  each  unexercisable  option  shall vest and each  option
         shall  become  immediately  exercisable  to the full extent of the
         original  grant  and  all  of  the  restrictions   (including  the
         Restricted  Period) with respect to any shares of Restricted Stock
         shall expire  immediately  (including any provision  providing for
         the  forfeiture of any Restricted  Stock under any  circumstances)
         and share  certificates  relating to the Restricted Stock shall be
         delivered to  participants  pursuant to the terms of Section 10(f)
         hereof.  Notwithstanding  anything contained in this Section 18 to
         the  contrary,  the  provisions of this Section 18 shall not apply
         with respect to awards of Restricted  Stock to former employees of
         Lucky  Stores,  Inc.  who are  parties  to  employment  agreements
         referred  to on Annex A hereto,  unless and until  such  employees
         enter into an amendment to such agreement approved by the Board of
         Directors  of the  Company on  February  1, 1989.

          Notwithstanding  anything  contained  in  Section 7 hereof to the
          contrary, in the case of a non-qualified option or an "incentive"
          stock option  granted  after  February 1, 1989,  if an optionee's
          employment  is terminated  (i) by action of his  employer,  other
          than  discharge for Cause (as  hereinafter  defined),  or (ii) by
          voluntary  resignation of the optionee,  in either case within 18
          months  following  a Change of Control,  any options  held by the
          optionee  may be exercised by him until the earlier of six months
          and one day after  such  termination  or the  expiration  of such
          options in accordance with their terms.  "Cause" for the purposes
          of this  paragraph  shall  mean an act or acts of  dishonesty  on
          employee's  part which are intended or result in his  substantial
          personal  enrichment  at  the  expense  of  the  Company  or  his
          conviction for commission of a felony.

          Notwithstanding  anything  contained in the Plan to the contrary,
          during  the 60-day  period  from and after a Change of Control an
          optionee  (other  than an  optionee  who  initiated  a Change  of
          Control in a capacity other than as an officer or director of the
          Company)  with  respect to an option that is  unaccompanied  by a
          stock  appreciation  right  shall,  unless  the  Committee  shall
          determine otherwise at the time of grant, have the right, in lieu
          of the payment of the full purchase price of the shares of common
          stock  being  purchased  under the option  and by giving  written
          notice to the Company,  to elect  (within such 60-day  period) to
          surrender all or part of the option to the Company and to receive
          in cash an amount  equal to the  amount by which the fair  market
          value per share of the common stock on the date of exercise shall
          exceed the purchase  price per share under the option  multiplied
          by the number of shares of common stock  granted under the option
          as to which the right granted by this  paragraph  shall have been
          exercised;  provided,  that if any right granted pursuant to this
          sentence  would make a Change in Control  transaction  ineligible
          for  pooling  of  interests  accounting  under APB No. 16 that is
          intended to be eligible for such  accounting  treatment,  (i) the
          Committee  shall have the ability to substitute  the cash payable
          pursuant to this  paragraph  with common stock with a fair market
          value  equal  to  the  cash  that  would   otherwise  be  payable
          hereunder,  (ii) the  period  for the  holder to elect such right
          shall  terminate  as of the  close  of  business  on the  date of
          consummation of such Change of Control  transaction and (iii) the
          Change of Control  Fair Market Value shall be adjusted to provide
          the holders of such  rights  with fair value in exchange  for any
          reduction in the period for such  election as  determined  by the
          Committee  in its sole  judgment.  The fair  market  value of the
          common stock on the date of exercise shall mean: (a) with respect
          to an election  by an  optionee to receive  cash in respect of an
          option which is not an "incentive"  stock option,  the "Change of
          Control  Fair  Market  Value,"  as  defined  below;  and (b) with
          respect to an election by an optionee to receive  cash in respect
          of an option which is an  "incentive"  stock option,  the mean of
          the high and low prices of the common stock on the New York Stock
          Exchange on such date.

          Notwithstanding  anything  contained in the Plan to the contrary,
          the payment in  settlement of a stock  appreciation  right during
          the 60-day period (or such shorter  period as the rights  granted
          pursuant to the  previous  paragraph  are  exercisable)  from and
          after a Change of Control  shall be  entirely  in cash and during
          the 60-day period (or such shorter  period as the rights  granted
          pursuant to the  previous  paragraph  are  exercisable)  from and
          after a Change of Control the value of a share of common stock on
          the date of exercise  shall mean (i) with respect to the exercise
          of a stock appreciation right accompanying an option which is not
          an  incentive  stock  option,  the "Change of Control Fair Market
          Value"  and  (ii)  with  respect  to  the  exercise  of  a  stock
          appreciation  right  accompanying an incentive stock option,  the
          mean of the high and low  prices of the  common  stock on the New
          York Stock  Exchange  on such date;  provided,  that if any right
          granted  pursuant to this sentence would make a Change in Control
          transaction  ineligible for pooling of interests accounting under
          APB No. 16 that is intended to be  eligible  for such  accounting
          treatment, the Committee shall have the ability to substitute the
          cash payable  pursuant to this paragraph with common stock with a
          fair  market  value  equal to the cash that  would  otherwise  be
          payable hereunder.

          For the purpose of the Plan, a "Change of Control" shall mean any
          of the following events: (i) The acquisition, other than from the
          Company,  by any individual,  entity or group (within the meaning
          of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of
          1934, as amended (the  "Exchange  Act")) other than L. S. Skaggs,
          his  affiliates  and  associates,  his  heirs  and any  trust  or
          foundation to which he has  transferred or may transfer shares of
          common stock, of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule
          13d-3  promulgated  under  the  Exchange  Act)  of 20% or more of
          either the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company
          (the  "Outstanding  Company Common Stock") or the combined voting
          power of the then  outstanding  voting  securities of the Company
          entitled to vote  generally  in the  election of  directors  (the
          "Company  Voting  Securities"),   provided,   however,  that  any
          acquisition by the Company or its  subsidiaries,  or any employee
          benefit   plan  (or   related   trust)  of  the  Company  or  its
          subsidiaries, or any corporation with respect to which, following
          such  acquisition,  more  than  80% of,  respectively,  the  then
          outstanding  shares of common stock of such  corporation  and the
          combined voting power of the then outstanding  voting  securities
          of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of
          directors is then beneficially owned, directly or indirectly,  by
          the  individuals  and  entities who were the  beneficial  owners,
          respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Company
          Voting  Securities  immediately  prior  to  such  acquisition  in
          substantially the same proportion as their ownership, immediately
          prior to such  acquisition,  of the  Outstanding  Company  Common
          Stock and Company  Voting  Securities,  as the case may be, shall
          not constitute a Change of Control;  or (ii)  Individuals who, as
          of February 1, 1989,  constitute  the Board of  Directors  of the
          Company  (as  of  February  1,  1989,  as  adjusted  below,   the
          "Incumbent  Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a
          majority of the Board,  provided that any  individual  becoming a
          director  subsequent  to  February  1, 1989  whose  election,  or
          nomination  for  election  by  the  Company's  stockholders,  was
          approved by a vote of at least a majority of the  directors  then
          comprising  the  Incumbent  Board shall be considered a member of
          the Incumbent  Board, but excluding,  for this purpose,  any such
          individual  whose  initial  assumption of office is in connection
          with an actual or  threatened  election  contest  relating to the
          election of the  Directors of the Company (as such terms are used
          in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A  promulgated  under the Exchange
          Act); or (iii) approval by the  stockholders  of the Company of a
          reorganization,  merger  or  consolidation,  in each  case,  with
          respect  to  which  the  individuals  and  entities  who were the
          respective  beneficial  owners of the  common  stock  and  voting
          securities   of   the   Company   immediately   prior   to   such
          reorganization,  merger or consolidation  do not,  following such
          reorganization,   merger  or  consolidation,   beneficially  own,
          directly or indirectly, more than 80% of, respectively,  the then
          outstanding  shares of common stock and the combined voting power
          of the  then  outstanding  voting  securities  entitled  to  vote
          generally  in the election of  directors,  as the case may be, of
          the  corporation  resulting from such  reorganization,  merger or
          consolidation,  or a complete  liquidation  or dissolution of the
          Company  or  of  the  sale  or  other   disposition   of  all  or
          substantially all of the assets of the Company.

          For  purposes  of the Plan,  the  "Change of Control  Fair Market
          Value"  shall  mean,  subject  to  adjustment  by  the  Committee
          pursuant to the third  paragraph of Section 18(a),  the higher of
          (x) the highest reported sales price,  regular way, of a share of
          common stock on the  Composite  Tape for New York Stock  Exchange
          Listed  Stocks  during the 60-day period prior to the date of the
          Change of Control  and (y) if the Change of Control is the result
          of  a  transaction  or  series  of   transactions   described  in
          paragraphs  (i) or (iii) of the  definition  of Change of Control
          set forth in this Section,  the highest price per share of common
          stock paid in such  transaction or series of transactions (in the
          case of a Change of Control  described in such  paragraph  (i) of
          such  definition),  as  reflected  in a Schedule 13D filed by the
          person having made the acquisition).





                                                               Exhibit 4.16




                              AMERICAN STORES

                             RETIREMENT ESTATES

                             (1994 RESTATEMENT)


<PAGE>


ARTICLE I..............................................................   1
DEFINITIONS............................................................   3
  2.1 Accounts.........................................................   3
  2.2 Additional Contributions.........................................   3
  2.3 Affiliated Company...............................................   4
  2.4 Anniversary Date.................................................   4
  2.5 Annual Additions.................................................   4
  2.6 Beneficiary......................................................   5
  2.7 Board of Directors...............................................   5
  2.8 Break in Service.................................................   5
  2.9 Calendar Quarter.................................................   7
  2.10 Code............................................................   7
  2.11 Committee.......................................................   7
  2.12 Company.........................................................   7
  2.13 Company Contributions...........................................   7
  2.14 Company Stock...................................................   8
  2.15 Compensation....................................................   8
  2.16 Computation Period..............................................   9
  2.17 Disability......................................................   9
  2.18 Disability Leave of Absence.....................................  10
  2.19 Earnings........................................................  10
  2.20 Effective Date..................................................  10
  2.21 Eligible Employee...............................................  10
  2.22 Employee........................................................  10
  2.23 Employment Commencement Date....................................  11
  2.24 ERISA...........................................................  11
  2.25 Forfeitures.....................................................  11
  2.26 Fund Unit.......................................................  11
  2.27 Hardship........................................................  11
  2.28 Highly Compensated Employee.....................................  12
  2.29 Hour of Service.................................................  15
  2.30 Investment Fund.................................................  16
  2.31 Investment Manager..............................................  16
  2.32 Leave of Absence................................................  16
  2.33 Normal Retirement Age...........................................  16
  2.34 Participant.....................................................  16
  2.35 Participant Contributions.......................................  17
  2.36 Plan............................................................  17
  2.37 Plan Administrator..............................................  17
  2.38 Plan Year.......................................................  17
  2.39 Regular Full-Time Employee......................................  17
  2.40 Regular Part-Time Employee......................................  17
  2.41 Reemployment Commencement Date..................................  17
  2.42. Rollover Contributions.........................................  17
  2.43 Sharing Contributions...........................................  18
  2.44 Suspense Account................................................  18
  2.45 Tax Deferred Contributions......................................  18
  2.46 Taxed Contributions.............................................  18
  2.47 Trust and Trust Fund............................................  18
  2.48 Trustee.........................................................  19
  2.49 Valuation Date..................................................  19
  2.50 Year of Service.................................................  19

ARTICLE III............................................................  21
ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION..........................................  21
  3.1 Participation....................................................  21
  3.2 Participants in Prior Plans......................................  21

ARTICLE IV.............................................................  22
PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS..............................................  22
  4.1 Election.........................................................  22
  4.2 Amount Subject to Election.......................................  22
  4.3 Limitation on Compensation Deferrals.............................  23
  4.4 Provisions for Return of Excess Tax Deferred Contribution
      over $7,000......................................................  26
  4.5 Provision for Recharacterization or Return of Excess
      Deferrals by Highly Compensated Participants.....................  27
  4.6 Limitations on Taxed Contributions and Company Contributions.....  28
  4.7 Provision for Disposition of Excess Taxed Contributions
      or Company Match on Contributions on Behalf of Highly
      Compensated Participants.........................................  31
  4.8 Termination of, Change in Rate of, or Resumption of Deferrals....  33
  4.9 Character of Contributions.......................................  33
  4.10 Rollover Contributions..........................................  33
  4.11 Effective Date of Article IV....................................  34

ARTICLE V..............................................................  35
TRUST FUND AND COMPANY CONTRIBUTIONS...................................  35
  5.1 Trust Fund.......................................................  35
  5.2 Company Contributions............................................  35
  5.3 Form of Company Contributions....................................  35
  5.4 Investment of Trust Assets.......................................  35
  5.5 American Stores Company Stock Fund...............................  37
  5.6 Irrevocability...................................................  38
  5.7 Company, Committee and Trustee Not Responsible for
      Adequacy of Trust Fund...........................................  38

ARTICLE VI.............................................................  39
ACCOUNTS AND ALLOCATIONS...............................................  39
  6.1 Participants'Accounts............................................  39
  6.2 Allocation of Amounts Contributed by Participants................  39
  6.3 Allocation of Company Contributions and Forfeitures..............  39
  6.4 Valuation of Participants'Accounts...............................  43
  6.5 Treatment of Accounts Upon Termination of Employment.............  45
  6.6 Miscellaneous Valuation Rules....................................  45

ARTICLE VII............................................................  46
VESTING IN PLAN ACCOUNTS...............................................  46
  7.1 No Vested Rights Except as Herein Provided.......................  46
  7.2 Vesting Schedule.................................................  46
  7.3 Permissive Vesting...............................................  47
  7.4 Vesting of Participant Contributions.............................  47
  7.5 Vesting During Leave of Absence..................................  47

ARTICLE VIII...........................................................  48
PAYMENT OF PLAN BENEFITS...............................................  48
  8.1 Payment of Benefits..............................................  48
  8.2 Designation of Beneficiary.......................................  52
  8.3 Distribution Rules...............................................  52
  8.4 Forfeitures......................................................  55
  8.5 Valuation of Plan Benefits.......................................  55
  8.6 Lapsed Benefits..................................................  55
  8.7 Persons Under Legal Disability...................................  56
  8.8 Additional Documents.............................................  56
  8.9 Direct Transfers.................................................  56

ARTICLE IX.............................................................  59
OPERATION AND ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN...............................  59
  9.1 Plan Administration..............................................  59
  9.2 Committee Powers.................................................  59
  9.3 Investment Manager...............................................  60
  9.4 Funding Policy...................................................  61
  9.5 Committee Procedure..............................................  61
  9.6 Compensation of Committee Members and Plan Expenses..............  62
  9.7 Resignation and Removal of Members...............................  63
  9.8 Appointment of Successors........................................  63
  9.9 Records..........................................................  63
  9.10 Reporting and Disclosure........................................  63
  9.11 Reliance Upon Documents and Opinions............................  64
  9.12 Reliance on Committee Memorandum................................  64
  9.13 Multiple Fiduciary Capacity.....................................  64
  9.14 Limitation on Liability.........................................  64
  9.15 Indemnification.................................................  65
  9.16 Bonding.........................................................  65
  9.17 Voting and Other Rights of Company Stock........................  65
  9.18 Prohibition Against Certain Actions.............................  67

ARTICLE X..............................................................  69
MERGER OF COMPANY, MERGER OF PLAN......................................  69
  10.1 Effect of Reorganization or Transfer of Assets..................  69
  10.2 Merger Restriction..............................................  69

ARTICLE XI.............................................................  70
  11.1 Plan Termination................................................  70
  11.2 Discontinuance of Contributions.................................  70
  11.3 Rights of Participants..........................................  71
  11.4 Trustee's Duties on Termination.................................  71
  11.5 Partial Termination.............................................  71

ARTICLE XII............................................................  73
APPLICATION FOR BENEFITS...............................................  73
  12.1 Application for Benefits........................................  73
  12.2 Action on Application...........................................  73
  12.3 Appeals.........................................................  74

ARTICLE XIII...........................................................  75
LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS...........................................  75
  13.1 General Rule....................................................  75
  13.2 Other Defined Contribution Plans................................  76
  13.3 Defined Benefit Plans...........................................  76
  13.4 Adjustments for Excess Annual Additions.........................  77
  13.5 Affiliated Company..............................................  79
  13.6 Effective Date..................................................  79

ARTICLE XIV............................................................  80
RESTRICTION ON ALIENATION..............................................  80
  14.1 General Restrictions Against Alienation.........................  80
  14.2 Qualified Domestic Relations Orders.............................  80
  14.3 Authorized Participant Loans....................................  84
  14.4 Group Insurance Payments Through December 31, 1992..............  87

ARTICLE XV.............................................................  88
SPECIAL TOP-HEAVY RULES................................................  88
  15.1 Applicability...................................................  88
  15.2 Definitions.....................................................  88
  15.3 Top-Heavy Status................................................  89
  15.4 Contributions...................................................  91
  15.5 Maximum Annual Additions........................................  92
  15.6 Vesting Rules...................................................  92
  15.7 Noneligibile Employees..........................................  93

ARTICLE XVI............................................................  94
PLAN AMENDMENTS........................................................  94
  16.1 Amendments......................................................  94
  16.2 Retroactive Amendments..........................................  94

ARTICLE XVII...........................................................  95
SURVIVOR ANNUITY REQUIREMENTS..........................................  95
  17.1 Application of Article..........................................  95
  17.2 Definitions.....................................................  95
  17.3 Form of Benefits Provided.......................................  96
  17.4 Elections With Respect to Survivor Annuities....................  96
  17.5 Marriage Requirement............................................  98
  17.6 Lump Sum Distributions..........................................  98
  17.7 Security for Loans..............................................  99
  17.8 Purchase of Annuity Contract to Provide Benefits................  99

ARTICLE XVIII.......................................................... 101
MISCELLANEOUS.......................................................... 101
  18.1 No Enlargement of Employee Rights............................... 101
  18.2 Inspection of Records........................................... 101
  18.3 Mailing of Payments and Addresses............................... 101
  18.4 Notices and Communications...................................... 101
  18.5 Governing Law................................................... 102
  18.6 Interpretation.................................................. 102
  18.7 Withholding For Taxes........................................... 102
  18.8 Successors and Assigns.......................................... 102
  18.9 Counterparts.................................................... 102


<PAGE>


                              AMERICAN STORES
                             RETIREMENT ESTATES

                              (1994 RESTATEMENT)


                                 ARTICLE I

                             NAME AND PURPOSES

     Effective as of January 1, 1985, American Stores Company ("Company")
established a tax qualified profit sharing plan under Code Section 401(a)
with a cash or deferred arrangement feature under Code Section 401(k), for
Eligible Employees of the Company, known as the "American Stores Retirement
Estates" (the "Plan"). A restated Plan document was adopted, effective
January 1, 1989 (the "1989 Restatement"), and was intended to fully replace
and restate the provisions of the Plan document in effect prior to said
date in order to accomplish the following:

     (a) To bring certain Plan language into conformity with recent
     developments in applicable federal pension law; and,

     (b) To implement certain Plan design modifications intended to
     facilitate and improve the efficient administration of the Plan.

     A restated Plan document was adopted in 1990 (the "1990 Restatement"),
generally effective January 1, 1989, and was intended to fully replace and
restate the provisions of the 1989 Restatement and all amendments to the
1989 Restatement in order to accomplish the following:

     (a) To incorporate the provisions of the First, Second, and Third
     Amendments to the 1989 Restatement into a single restated document;
     and,

     (b) To implement the proposed Fourth Amendment to the 1989 Restatement
     submitted to the Internal Revenue Service for a favorable
     determination letter and on which such favorable determination letter
     was issued on June 7, 1990.

     A second restated Plan document was adopted in 1990 (the "Second 1990
Restatement"), effective January 1, 1989, and was intended fully to replace
and restate the provisions of the 1990 Restatement primarily to provide for
the merger of the Lucky Stores Retirement Estates into the Plan as of
January 1, 1991 and the compliance with the requirements of Code Section
411(d)(6).

     A restated Plan document was adopted in 1992 (the "1992 Restatement"),
effective December 14, 1992 and was intended fully to replace and restate
the provisions of the Second 1990 Restatement primarily to provide for the
transfer of the recordkeeping and administrative services for the Plan from
the Company to Fidelity Institutional Retirement Services Company. All
administrative rules adopted prior to December 14, 1992 in connection with
this Plan were superseded and repealed.

     A First Amendment and a Second Amendment to the 1992 Restatement were
adopted effective as of the dates specified therein in order to comply with
recent changes in applicable law and to implement certain Plan
modifications. The sole purpose of this 1994 Restatement is to incorporate
the 1992 Restatement and document for submission to the Internal Revenue
Service for a favorable determination letter.

     The Plan is intended to constitute a plan described in ERISA Section
404(c). Consequently, notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to
the contrary, that one or more fiduciaries of the Plan shall be relieved of
responsibility for investment decisions made by Participants to the maximum
extent contemplated by ERISA Section 404(c) and the Department of Labor
Regulations promulgated thereunder.


<PAGE>


                                 ARTICLE II

                                DEFINITIONS

2.1  ACCOUNTS.

     "Accounts" or "Participant's Accounts" shall mean each of the
following accounts maintained for a Participant:

     (a) Taxed Contributions Account which holds his/her Taxed
     Contributions made hereunder and earnings thereon as well as post-tax
     contributions made under the American Stores Company Employees' Thrift
     Plan and earnings thereon.

     (b) Tax Deferred Contributions Account which holds his/her Tax
     Deferred Contributions and earnings thereon as well as similar
     contributions made under the Lucky Stores Retirement Estates and
     earnings thereon.

     (c) Company Match on Contributions Account which holds his/her share
     of the Company contribution made under Section 6.3(b) hereof and
     earnings thereon.

     (d) Company Contribution on Pay Account which holds his/her share of
     the Company contribution made with respect to his/her Compensation
     during a Plan Year under Section 6.3 hereof and earnings thereon.

     (e) Company Contribution on Pay (Fully Vested) Account which holds
     his/her share of the Company contribution made with respect to his/her
     deemed compensation as provided in Section 6.3(c)(iii) hereof during a
     Plan Year under Section 6.3(c) hereof and earnings thereon and amounts
     transferred as provided in Section 7.3 hereof and earnings thereon.

     (f) Rollover Account which holds his/her amounts representing Rollover
     Contributions made after September 30, 1992 and earnings thereon.

     (g) Prior Plans Account which holds his/her amounts representing
     Rollover Contributions made prior to October 1, 1992 and earnings
     thereon and interests in the American Stores Retirement Plan, American
     Stores Stock Ownership Plan, the Skaggs Profit Sharing Plan, and
     employer contributions under the American Stores Company Employees'
     Thrift Plan and earnings thereon; provided, however, that amounts
     representing Rollover Contributions by a Participant who had fewer
     than five (5) years of participation in the Plan as of October 1, 1992
     or whose Rollover Contributions were made after September 30, 1990
     shall be credited to the Participant's Rollover Account.

2.2  ADDITIONAL CONTRIBUTIONS.

     "Additional Contributions" of a Participant shall mean his/her
Contributions (whether Taxed or Tax Deferred) in excess of six percent (6%)
of Compensation. Additional Contributions shall not share in allocations of
Company Contributions and Forfeitures.

2.3  AFFILIATED COMPANY.

     "Affiliated Company" shall mean:

     (a) Any corporation that is included in a controlled group of
     corporations, within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the Code, that
     includes the Company;

     (b) Any trade or business that is under common control with the
     Company within the meaning of Section 414(c) of the Code; and

     (c) Any Participant of an affiliated service group, within the meaning
     of Section 414(m) of the Code, that includes the Company.

2.4  ANNIVERSARY DATE.

     "Anniversary Date" shall mean the last day of each Plan Year.

2.5  ANNUAL ADDITIONS.

     "Annual Additions" shall mean, for a particular Participant on behalf
of any Plan Year, the sum of:

     (a) The amount credited to the Participant's Accounts from Company
     Contributions (including Tax Deferred Contributions) for the Plan
     Year;

     (b) The Participant's Taxed Contributions;

     (c) Forfeitures;

     (d) Any amounts allocated to an account established under a pension or
     annuity plan to provide medical benefits with respect to a Participant
     after retirement under Section 401(h) of the Code.

     (e) Any amounts allocated for such Plan Year which amounts are derived
     from contributions paid or accrued after December 31, 1985, in taxable
     years ending after such date, which are attributable to post
     retirement medical or life insurance benefits allocated to the
     separate account of a key employee (as defined in Code Section 416(i))
     under Code Section 419A(d)(1).

     (f) Excess deferral amounts determined pursuant to Section 4.4, 4.5,
     and 4.7.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Paragraphs (d) and (e) above shall not be
included as Annual Additions for the purpose of applying the limitation
contained in Section 13.1(a)(ii). A Participant's Rollover Contributions
shall not be taken into account in determining the amount of his/her Annual
Additions.

2.6  BENEFICIARY.

     "Beneficiary" or "Beneficiaries" shall mean the person or persons last
designated by a Participant as set forth in Section 8.2 or, if there is no
designated Beneficiary or surviving Beneficiary, the person or persons
designated pursuant to Section 8.2 to receive the interest of a deceased
Participant in such event.

2.7  BOARD OF DIRECTORS.

     "Board of Directors" shall mean the Board of Directors (or its
delegate) of American Stores Company as it may from time to time be
constituted.

2.8  BREAK IN SERVICE

     "Break in Service" shall mean:

     (a) In the case of (i) a Regular Full-Time Employee, or (ii) a Regular
     Part-Time Employee or any other Employee after he/she has become a
     Participant and while he/she remains a Participant, a twelve (12)
     consecutive month period commencing with the date on which the
     Employee's employment or Leave of Absence is terminated during which
     the Employee is not credited with an Hour of Service. Notwithstanding
     the above, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1984, in the
     case of an Employee who is subject to the rules of this Paragraph (a)
     and is absent from work for Maternity or Paternity Leave, the twelve
     (12) consecutive month period beginning on the date on which the
     Employee's employment or Leave of Absence is terminated shall not
     constitute a Break in Service. The termination date of an Employee who
     is absent from service beyond the first anniversary date of absence by
     reason of a Maternity or Paternity Leave shall occur on the second
     anniversary of the first date of such absence. The period between the
     first and second anniversaries of the first date of absence from work
     shall be considered neither a Year of Service nor a Break in Service.
     "Maternity or Paternity Leave" shall mean an absence from work for any
     period --

          (i) By reason of the pregnancy of the Employee,

          (ii) By reason of the birth of a child of the Employee,

          (iii) By reason of the placement of a child with the Employee in
          connection with the adoption of the child by the Employee, or

          (iv) For purposes of caring for the child for a period beginning
          immediately following the birth or placement.

     However, the provisions of the preceding sentence shall not apply
     unless the Employee provides such timely information as the Committee
     may reasonably require to establish that the absence is for the
     reasons listed above and the number of days for which there was such
     an absence.

     (b) In the case of any Regular Part-Time Employee or any other
     Employee to whom Paragraph (a) does not apply, a twelve (12)
     consecutive month period commencing on his/her Employment Commencement
     Date or Reemployment Commencement Date (as the case may be) in which
     the Employee does not complete more than five hundred (500) Hours of
     Service.

     (c) The following provisions of this Section 2.8 shall apply in Plan
     Years beginning after December 31, 1984 to an Employee described in
     Paragraph (b) who is absent from work for any period

          (i) By reason of the pregnancy of the Employee,

          (ii) By reason of the birth of a child of the Employee,

          (iii) By reason of the placement of a child with the Employee in
          connection with the adoption of the child by the Employee, or

          (iv) For purposes of caring for the child for a period beginning
          immediately following the birth or placement.

     (d) The number of Hours of Service to which an Employee described in
     Paragraph (c) shall be credited with shall be --

          (i) The number which otherwise would normally have been credited
          to the Employee but for the absence, or

          (ii) If the number described in Subparagraph (i) above is not
          capable of being determined, eight (8) Hours of Service per day
          of such absence, provided that the total number of hours treated
          as Hours of Service under this Paragraph (d) shall not exceed
          five hundred one (501) and that these Hours of Service shall be
          taken into account solely for purposes of determining whether or
          not the Employee has incurred a Break in Service.

     (e) The Hours described in Paragraph (d) shall be credited to the
     Computation Period --

          (i) In which the absence from work begins, if the Employee would
          be prevented from incurring a Break in Service in that
          Computation Period solely because the period of absence is
          treated as Hours of Service under this Section 2.8, or as

          (ii) In any other case, in the immediately following Computation
          Period.

     (f) The above provisions of this Section 2.8 shall not apply to an
     Employee described in Paragraph (b) unless the Employee provides such
     timely information as the Committee may reasonably require to
     establish that

          (i) The absence is for reasons described in Paragraph (c), and

          (ii) The number of days for which there was such an absence.

2.9  CALENDAR QUARTER.

     "Calendar Quarter" shall mean the period of three (3) successive
months beginning on the first day of any January, April, July or October.

2.10 CODE.

     "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as in effect on
the date of execution of this Plan document and as thereafter amended from
time to time.

2.11 COMMITTEE.

     "Committee" shall mean the American Stores Company Benefit Plans
Committee described in Article IX.

2.12 COMPANY.

     (a) "Company" shall mean American Stores Company, or any successor
     thereof, if its successor shall adopt this Plan.

     (b) In addition, unless the context indicates otherwise, as used in
     this Plan the term "Company" shall also mean and include any
     Affiliated Company (or similar entity) that has been granted
     permission by the Board of Directors to participate in this Plan. This
     permission shall be granted under such conditions and upon such
     conditions as the Board of Directors deems appropriate.

2.13 COMPANY CONTRIBUTIONS.

     "Company Contributions" shall mean all amounts (whether in cash or
other property, including Company Stock) paid by the Company into the Trust
Fund established and maintained under the provisions of this Plan for the
purpose of providing benefits for Participants and their Beneficiaries.

2.14 COMPANY STOCK.

     "Company Stock" shall mean whichever of the following is applicable.

     (a) So long as the Company has only one class of common stock, that
     class of stock.

     (b) In the event the Company at any time has more than one class of
     stock, the class (or classes) of the Company's stock that constitutes
     "Employer Securities" as that term is defined Code Section 409(1).

2.15 COMPENSATION.

     (a) "Compensation" shall mean a Participant's straight-time earnings,
     overtime, and any bonus or other amounts paid by the Company by reason
     of services performed by an Employee (including payments pursuant to
     amounts previously deferred under a nonqualified deferred compensation
     plan), and wage replacement benefits under Company-sponsored programs
     for either occupational or non-occupational disability benefits,
     except as provided in (b)(iv) below, before deductions authorized by
     the Employee or required by law to be withheld from the Employees of
     the Company.

     (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant's Compensation shall
     be determined without taking into account any of the following:

          (i) Contributions or payments by the Company for or on account of
          an Employee under any employee benefit plan (other than payments
          pursuant to a nonqualified deferred compensation plan), including
          but not limited to this Plan and any health or welfare plans;

          (ii) Compensation that is not subject to employer income tax
          withholding under Code Section 3402 (or any successor thereof),
          except such Compensation as is provided in Paragraph (d) of this
          Section 2.15;

          (iii) Income caused by the exercise of stock options or stock
          appreciation rights;

          (iv) Income attributable to benefits received under the long term
          disability plan maintained by the Company; and

          (v) Income attributable to severance from Company employment.

     (c) A Participant's Compensation for purposes of this Plan shall be
     the compensation paid to him/her during the portion of the relevant
     Plan Year during which he/she was a Participant, irrespective of when
     such compensation was actually earned.

     (d) Except as is expressly provided to the contrary in this Plan, a
     Participant's Compensation shall include his Participant Contributions
     and any amounts covering employee contributions from the pre-tax
     health care premium payment arrangement under the American Stores
     Company Before Tax Plan or any similar arrangement sponsored by the
     Company pursuant to Code Section 125.

     (e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, for all Plan Years beginning on or
     after January 1, 1989, a Participant's Compensation for purposes of
     this Plan shall only include so much of his/her Compensation as does
     not exceed two hundred thousand dollars ($200,000.00) (or such amount
     as the Secretary of the Treasury shall adjust at the same time and in
     the same manner as under Code Section 415(d)). In the determining the
     Compensation of a Participant, the family aggregation rules of Code
     Section 414(q)(6) shall apply, except that in applying such rules, the
     term "family" shall include only the spouse of the Participant and any
     lineal descendants of the Participant who have not attained age 19
     before the close of the year.

2.16 COMPUTATION PERIOD.

     (a) "Computation Period" shall mean the consecutive twelve (12) month
     period used for determining whether the Employee is to be credited
     with a Year of Service or a Break in Service.

     (b) For periods preceding the Effective Date, an Employee's Initial
     Computation Period shall be the twelve-month period commencing on
     his/her Employment Commencement Date or Reemployment Commencement Date
     (whichever is applicable) and an Employee's second Computation Period
     (and all subsequent periods) shall be the Plan Year that includes or
     starts on the same day as the first anniversary of his/her Employment
     Commencement Date or Reemployment Commencement Date (whichever is
     applicable).

     (c) Effective as of the Effective Date, an Employee's Computation
     Period shall be the twelve-month period commencing on his/her
     Employment Commencement Date or Reemployment Commencement Date
     (whichever is applicable).

2.17 DISABILITY.

     "Disability" shall mean the permanent and total disability of a
Participant while an Eligible Employee whereby the Participant is unable to
engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically
determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result
in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous
period of not less than 12 months. The determination as to whether a
Participant has incurred a Disability shall be made by the Committee (or
its representative).

2.18 DISABILITY LEAVE OF ABSENCE.

     "Disability Leave of Absence" shall mean a Leave of Absence that has
continued beyond 52 weeks and that is due to a Disability. The
determination as to whether a Participant is on a Disability Leave of
Absence shall be made by the Committee (or its representative).

2.19 EARNINGS.

     "Earnings" shall mean the Company's operating profits for its fiscal
year beginning within the Plan Year before any reduction for retirement
plan contributions plus its retained earnings.

2.20 EFFECTIVE DATE.

     "Effective Date" shall mean January 1, 1994, which shall be the
Effective Date of this restated Plan document (except as otherwise provided
herein). Notwithstanding the foregoing, for periods prior to said Effective
Date, Plan matters shall be subject to the provisions of the predecessor
plan document and amendments thereto as in effect prior to January 1, 1994
(except as specifically provided herein), which established the terms of
the Plan prior to January 1, 1994.

2.21 ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE.

     "Eligible Employee" shall mean any Employee who is not represented in
employment by a labor organization unless such organization and the Company
have specifically agreed that the Plan shall be applicable to employees so
represented, and who is regularly employed in the United States by one or
more of the Companies; provided that if an Employee becomes represented in
employment by a labor organization and the Company and the labor
organization do not specifically agree that the Plan will be applicable to
employees so represented, the Employee will cease to be an Eligible
Employee.

2.22 EMPLOYEE.

     (a) "Employee" shall mean each person currently employed in any
     capacity by the Company or Affiliated Company any portion of whose
     income is subject to withholding of income tax and/or for whom Social
     Security contributions are made by the Company, as well as any other
     person qualifying as a common law employee of the Company or
     Affiliated Company.

     (b) Although Eligible Employees are the only class of Employees
     eligible to participate in this Plan, the term "Employee" is used to
     refer to persons employed in a non-Eligible Employee capacity as well
     as Eligible Employee category. Thus, those provisions of this Plan
     that are not limited to Eligible Employees, such as those relating to
     Hours of Service, apply to both Eligible and non-Eligible Employees.

2.23 EMPLOYMENT COMMENCEMENT DATE.

     (a) "Employment Commencement Date" shall mean the date on which an
     Employee is first credited with an Hour of Service for the Company or
     an Affiliated Company.

     (b) Except to the extent the Company shall expressly determine
     otherwise or as expressly provided otherwise in this Plan, an Employee
     shall not, for purposes of determining his/her Employment Commencement
     Date, be deemed to have commenced employment with the Company or an
     Affiliated Company prior to the date on or as of which the operating
     unit or entity employing him or her became part of or acquired by the
     Company or an Affiliated Company.

2.24 ERISA.

     "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, as amended from time to time.

2.25 FORFEITURES.

     "Forfeitures" shall mean the nonvested portion of a Participant's
benefit that is forfeited in accordance with the provisions of Article
VIII.

2.26 FUND UNIT.

     "Fund Unit" shall mean a unit of participation in any separate
Investment Fund maintained under the Trust pursuant to Section 5.4(b),
representing an undivided interest in all of the assets of any such
Investment Fund.

2.27 HARDSHIP.

     "Hardship" shall mean, for the purpose of determining whether a
Participant has incurred a "hardship" that would permit him or her to
receive a distribution under Section 8.1(b), the occurrence of an immediate
and heavy financial need of such Participant. The determination of the
existence of a Hardship and the amount to be distributed to meet the need
created by the Hardship shall be made by the Committee (or its
representative) in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.1(b) in a
uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.

2.28 HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE.

     (a) "Highly Compensated Employee" shall mean any Employee who

          (i) was a Five Percent Owner during the Determination Year or the
          Look Back Year;

          (ii) received Compensation from an Employer in excess of $75,000
          (as adjusted by the Secretary of Treasury) during the Look Back
          Year;

          (iii) received Compensation from an Employer in excess of $50,000
          (as adjusted by the Secretary of Treasury) during the Look Back
          Year and was in the "top-paid group" of Employees for such Look
          Back Year;

          (iv) was at any time an officer during the Look Back Year and
          received Compensation greater than fifty percent (50%) of the
          amount in effect under Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code in such
          Look Back Year; or

          (v) was an Employee described in Subparagraph (ii), (iii), or
          (iv) above for the Determination Year and was a member of the
          group consisting of the 100 Employees paid the greatest
          Compensation during the Determination Year.

     (b) Determination of a Highly Compensated Employee shall be in
     accordance with the following definitions and special rules:

          (i) "Determination Year" shall mean the Plan Year for which the
          determination of Highly Compensated Employee is being made.

          (ii) "Look Back Year" shall mean the twelve (12) month period
          preceding the Determination Year. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
          the Company may elect to designate the calendar year ending
          within any Determination Year as the "Look Back Year" for any
          such Determination Year provided such election applies to all
          plans, entities and arrangements of the Company for any such
          Determination Year.

          (iii) An Employee shall be treated as a Five Percent Owner for
          any Determination Year or Look Back Year if at any time during
          such Year such Employee was a Five Percent Owner (as defined in
          Section 15.2).

          (iv) An Employee is in the "top-paid group" of Employees for any
          Determination Year or Look Back Year if such Employee is in the
          group consisting of the top twenty percent (20%) of the Employees
          when ranked on the basis of Compensation paid during such Year.

          (v) For purposes of this Section, no more than fifty (50)
          Employees (or, if lesser, the greater of three (3) Employees or
          ten percent (10%) of the Employees) shall be treated as officers.
          To the extent required by Code Section 414(q), if for any
          Determination Year or Look Back Year no officer of the Employer
          is described in this Section, the highest paid officer of the
          Employer for such year shall be treated as described in this
          section. Employees who are excluded in determining the "top-paid
          group" shall also be excluded in determining the 10% limit
          referenced in the first sentence of this Subparagraph (v).

          (vi) If any individual is a "family member" with respect to a
          Five Percent Owner or of a Highly Compensated Employee in the
          group consisting of the ten (10) Highly Compensated Employees
          paid the greatest Compensation during the Determination Year or
          Look Back Year, then

               (A) such individual shall not be considered a separate
               Employee, and

               (B) any Compensation paid to such individual (and any
               applicable contribution or benefit on behalf of such
               individual) shall be treated as if it were paid to (or on
               behalf of) the Five Percent Owner or Highly Compensated
               Employee.

          For purposes of this Subparagraph (vi), the term "family member"
          means, with respect to any Employee, such Employee's Spouse and
          lineal ascendants or descendants and the spouses of such lineal
          ascendants or descendants.

          (vii) For purposes of this Section the term "Compensation" means
          Compensation as defined in Code Section 415(c)(3), without regard
          to the limitations of Code Section 401(a)(17); provided, however,
          the determination under this Subparagraph (vii) shall be made
          without regard to Code Sections 125, 402(a)(8), and 402(h)(1)(B),
          and in the case of employer contributions made pursuant to a
          salary reduction agreement, without regard to Code Section
          403(b).

          (viii) For purposes of determining the number of Employees in the
          "top-paid" group under this Section, the following Employees
          shall be excluded:

               (A) Employees who have not completed six (6) months of
               service with the Company,

               (B) Employees who normally work less than 17-1/2 hours per
               week,

               (C) Employees who normally work not more than six (6) months
               during any Plan Year, and

               (D) Employees who have not attained age 21,

               (E) Except to the extent provided in Treasury Regulations,
               Employees who are included in a unit of employees covered by
               an agreement which the Secretary of Labor finds to be a
               collective bargaining agreement between Employee
               representatives and Employer, and

               (F) Employees who are nonresident aliens and who receive no
               earned income (within the meaning of Code Section 911(d)(2)
               from the Employer which constitutes income from sources
               within the United States (within the meaning of Code Section
               861(a)(3)).

          The Employer may elect to apply Subparagraphs (viii)(A) through
          (D) above by substituting a shorter period of service, smaller
          number of hours or months, or lower age for the period of
          service, number of hours or months, or (as the case may be) than
          as specified in such Subparagraphs.

          (ix) A former Employee shall be treated as a Highly Compensated
          Employee if

               (A) such Employee was a Highly Compensated Employee when
               such Employee incurred a Severance, or

               (B) such Employee was a Highly Compensated Employee at any
               time after attaining age fifty-five (55).

          (x) Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m), and (o) shall be applied
          before the application of this Section. Also, the term "Employee"
          shall include "leased employee," within the meaning of Code
          Section 414(n), unless such leased Employee is covered under a
          "safe harbor" plan of the leasing organization and not covered
          under a qualified plan of the Employer.

          (xi) For the purpose of this section, the term "Employer" shall
          mean the Company and any Affiliated Company.

          (xii) Notwithstanding the forgoing, non-resident aliens without
          U.S. source income from the Employer shall be disregarded for all
          purposes in determining the Highly Compensated Employees of the
          Employer.

     (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, for administrative convenience, the
     Committee may establish rules and procedures for purposes of
     identifying Highly Compensated Employees, which rules and procedures
     may result in an Eligible Employee being deemed to be a Highly
     Compensated Employee for purposes of the limitations of Article IV and
     Article VI, whether or not such Eligible Employee is an individual
     described in Code Section 414(q).

2.29 HOUR OF SERVICE.

     (a) "Hour of Service" of an Employee shall mean the following:

          (i) Each hour for which the Employee is paid by the Company or an
          Affiliated Company or entitled to payment for the performance of
          services as an Employee.

          (ii) Each hour in or attributable to a period of time during
          which the Employee performs no duties (irrespective of whether
          he/she has terminated his/her Employment) due to a vacation,
          holiday, illness, incapacity (including pregnancy or disability),
          layoff, jury duty, military duty or a Leave of Absence (if the
          Leave of Absence is an unpaid medical Leave of Absence, the
          Employee will accrue hours for the duration of such leave for the
          first six months of such leave), for which he/she is so paid or
          so entitled to payment, whether direct or indirect. However, no
          such hours shall be credited to an Employee if (A) such Employee
          is directly or indirectly paid or entitled to payment for such
          hours and (B) such payment or entitlement is made or due under a
          plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with
          applicable worker's compensation, unemployment compensation, or
          disability insurance laws, or is a payment which solely
          reimburses the Employee for medical or medically-related expenses
          incurred by him/her.

          (iii) Each hour for which he/she is entitled to back pay,
          irrespective of mitigation of damages, whether awarded or agreed
          to by the Company or an Affiliated Company, provided that such
          Employee has not previously been credited with an Hour of Service
          with respect to such hour under Subparagraphs (i) or (ii) above.

     Hours of Service under Paragraphs (a)(ii) and (a)(iii) shall be
     calculated in accordance with Department of Labor Regulation 29 C.F.R.
     ss. 2530.200b-2(b). All Hours of Service determined under the rules of
     Paragraph (a) shall be credited to the Computation Period to which the
     payment relates, rather than the period in which it is made.

     (b) In the event that an Employee is compensated for duties performed
     on a basis other than actual hours worked and no records of the
     Employee's actual working hours are maintained, the Employee shall be
     deemed to have completed forty-five (45) Hours of Service for each
     week, and one-hundred ninety (190) hours per month for monthly paid
     employees, or portion thereof during which he/she is credited with an
     Hour of Service for the Company or an Affiliated Company.

     (c) Except to the extent the Company shall expressly determine
     otherwise or as expressly provided otherwise in this Plan, an Employee
     shall not receive credit for his/her Hours of Service completed with
     an Affiliated Company or any operating unit or entity employing
     him/her prior to the date on or as of which such company, unit or
     entity becomes part of or is acquired by the Company or an Affiliated
     Company.

2.30 INVESTMENT FUND.

     "Investment Fund" shall mean any of the separate investment funds,
including the American Stores Company Stock Fund, established by the
Committee pursuant to Section 5.4 (b) to provide investment alternatives to
Participants for the investment of their Account.

2.31 INVESTMENT MANAGER.

     "Investment Manager" shall mean the one or more Investment Managers,
if any, that are appointed pursuant to Section 9.3.

2.32 LEAVE OF ABSENCE.

     "Leave of Absence" shall mean any absence without pay authorized by
the Company or an Affiliated Company under its standard personnel
practices. All persons under similar circumstances shall be treated alike
in the granting of such leaves.

2.33 NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE.

     "Normal Retirement Age" shall mean the Participant's sixty-fifth
(65th) birthday.

2.34 PARTICIPANT.

     "Participant" shall mean any Eligible Employee who is a participant in
the Plan or any Employee who once was but no longer is an Eligible Employee
but who continues to have amounts held in one or more Accounts under the
Plan.

2.35 PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS.

     "Participant Contributions" shall mean all of a Participant's
Contributions to the Plan, including Taxed Contributions and Tax Deferred
Contributions.

2.36 PLAN.

     "Plan" shall mean the American Stores Retirement Estates herein set
forth, and as it may be amended from time to time.

2.37 PLAN ADMINISTRATOR.

     "Plan Administrator" shall mean the administrator of the Plan, within
the meaning of Section 3 (16) (A) of ERISA. The Plan Administrator shall be
American Stores Company.

2.38 PLAN YEAR.

     "Plan Year" shall mean the fiscal year of the Plan, which shall be the
calendar year.

2.39 REGULAR FULL-TIME EMPLOYEE.

     "Regular Full-Time Employee" shall mean an Employee who ordinarily and
on a regular basis works to the number of hours prescribed by the Employer
from time to time as the normal full-time work week of the Employee group
to which the Employee is assigned.

2.40 REGULAR PART-TIME EMPLOYEE.

     "Regular Part-Time Employee" means an employee whose customary
employment is less than the normal full-time work week of the Employee
group to which the Employee is assigned.

2.41 REEMPLOYMENT COMMENCEMENT DATE.

     "Reemployment Commencement Date" shall mean, in the case of an
Employee whose employment is terminated and who is subsequently reemployed
by the Company or an Affiliated Company, the first day following the
termination of his/her employment on which the Employee is credited with an
Hour of Service for the Company or an Affiliated Company as an Employee.

2.42 ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS.

     "Rollover Contributions" shall mean:

          (i) A contribution by an Eligible Employee as the result of a
          distribution from another tax-qualified plan or an individual
          retirement account or individual retirement annuity (as defined
          in Code Section 408), but only if such contribution consists of
          amounts attributable to a "qualified total distribution" from a
          qualified trust as such term is defined in Code Section 402 (a)
          (5) (E) and earnings thereon or, effective with respect to
          amounts attributable to distributions made after December 31,
          1992, such contribution consists of amounts attributable to an
          "eligible rollover distribution" as defined in Code Section 402
          (c) (4) and earnings thereon;

          (ii) A transfer of assets from the trustee of a tax-qualified
          retirement plan to the Trustee of this Plan, provided the
          transaction satisfies the requirements of Section 10.2; or

          (iii) A direct transfer of assets consisting only of amounts
          attributable to a qualified total distribution from a qualified
          trust and earnings thereon or, effective with respect to amounts
          attributable to distribution made after December 31, 1992,
          amounts attributable to an eligible rollover distribution, from
          the trustee of a qualified trust or, to the extent permitted by
          law, from the trustee or custodian of an individual retirement
          account or individual retirement annuity to the Trustee.

2.43 SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS.

     "Sharing Contributions" of a Participant shall mean his/her
Contributions (whether Taxed or Tax Deferred) not in excess of six percent
(6%) of Compensation. Sharing Contributions shall participate in
allocations of Company Contributions and Forfeitures.

2.44 SUSPENSE ACCOUNT.

     "Suspense Account" shall mean the Account established pursuant to the
provisions of Section 13.4 to hold any excess Annual Additions.

2.45 TAX DEFERRED CONTRIBUTIONS.

     "Tax Deferred Contributions" shall mean those contributions made by a
Participant which represent pre-tax contributions.

2.46 TAXED CONTRIBUTIONS.

     "Taxed Contributions" shall mean those contributions made by a
Participant which represent post-tax contributions.

2.47 TRUST AND TRUST FUND.

     "Trust" or "Trust Fund" shall mean the one or more trusts created for
funding purposes under the Plan.

2.48 TRUSTEE.

     "Trustee" shall mean the individual or entity acting as a Trustee of
the Trust Fund.

2.49 VALUATION DATE.

     Effective for all additions (including Participant, Company and
Rollover Contributions, loan repayments, repayments of prior distributions
under Section 8.4 (b) and forfeitures allocated under Section 6.3 (a) (i)
to the Trust from and after October 1, 1992 and effective as of the
Effective Date for all assets of the Trust, "Valuation Date" shall mean the
date as of which the Trustee shall determine the value of the assets in the
Trust Fund for purposes of determining the value of each Account, which
shall be each day of a calendar year on which the New York Stock Exchange
is open.

2.50 YEAR OF SERVICE.

     (a) The length of service of a Regular Part-Time Employee shall be
     computed under the following rules of this Paragraph (a):

          (i) Except to the extent the Company shall expressly determine
          otherwise or as expressly provided otherwise in this Plan, an
          Employee shall not receive credit for his/her Hours of Service
          completed with an Affiliated Company or any operating unit or
          entity employing him/her prior to the date on or as of which such
          company, unit or entity becomes part of or is acquired by the
          Company or an Affiliated Company. For periods of service prior to
          the date on which the Employee becomes a Participant, the
          Employee will be deemed to have completed a "Year of Service" if
          he/she completes one thousand (1,000) or more Hours of Service
          during the relevant Computation Period; provided, however, that
          as of the Effective Date, a Regular Part-Time Employee shall be
          credited with Years of Service equal to the number of Years of
          Service earned through December 31, 1992 using the Computation
          Periods specified in Section 2.16 (b).

          (ii) For periods of service on or after the date on which the
          Employee becomes a Participant, the Employee will receive credit
          for the elapsed period of time between the date on which he/she
          became a Participant and the date on which his/her employment is
          terminated.

     (b) A Regular Full-Time Employee shall receive credit for the elapsed
     period of time between his/her Employment Commencement Date (or
     Reemployment Commencement Date) and the date on which his/her
     Employment Commencement Date (or Reemployment Commencement Date) and
     the date on which his/her employment is terminated.

     (c) If the employment of (i) a Regular Full-Time Employee or (ii) a
     Regular Part-Time Employee who has become a Participant is terminated
     by reason of a quit, discharge, or retirement during an absence from
     work of twelve months or less for any reason other than a quit,
     discharge, retirement, or death, and the Employee performs an Hour of
     Service within twelve (12) months of the date on which the Employee
     was first absent from work, he/she shall be treated as if no
     termination had occurred.

     (d) For all purposes of this Plan, the period of service of any
     Employee who has become a Participant and subsequently incurs a Break
     in Service shall be determined by aggregating all separate periods of
     service separated by a Break in Service. The period of service of any
     Employee who has not become a Participant, does not have to his credit
     three Years of Service, and incurs one or more Breaks in Service shall
     be determined by disregarding all service before such Break(s) if the
     number of consecutive Breaks in Service equals or exceeds the greater
     of: five (5) or the Employee's total number of Years of Service before
     his Break(s).

     (e) An Employee shall be credited with his Years of Service with an
     Affiliated Company, but only to the extent that such service would
     have been credited under the rules set forth in this Section 2.50.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless the Company shall provide by
     resolution of its Board of Directors, an Employee shall not receive
     credit for his Years of Service with an Affiliated Company for any
     period of employment with an Affiliated Company prior to such entity
     becoming an Affiliated Company. Effective for any individual who
     became an Employee as of the date Lucky Stores Company was acquired by
     the Company, such Employee shall be credited with his/her years of
     service with Lucky Stores Company for all purposes under this Plan for
     the period of employment prior to such acquisition to the extent that
     such service would have been credited under the rules set forth in
     this Section 2.50.

     (f) For any individual who is an Employee on January 1, 1985, his/her
     Years of Service shall be the length of his/her service, as determined
     under the tax-qualified retirement plan maintained by the Company in
     which the individual participated immediately prior to that date.

     (g) A Participant's years of participation in the Plan shall be
     measured on the basis of the elapsed period of time between his/her
     Eligibility Date and the date on which his/her employment is
     terminated, taking into account all periods of service as provided in
     Paragraph (d) and disregarding absences of less than twelve (12)
     months as provided in Paragraph (c).


<PAGE>


                                ARTICLE III

                       ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

3.1  PARTICIPATION.

     (a) Each Eligible Employee shall become eligible to participate in the
     Plan upon the day ("Eligibility Date") coincident with the earlier of:

          (i) The completion of two Years of Service; or

          (ii) Attainment of the later of age twenty-one (21) or completion
          of one (1) Year of Service.

     (b) If an Eligible Employee's employment with the Company terminates
     (i) after satisfaction of the requirements of Paragraph (a) above but
     prior to his/her Eligibility Date, or (ii) after the Employee has
     become a Participant in the Plan, the Employee shall become eligible
     to participate in the Plan immediately upon his/her Reemployment
     Commencement Date.

3.2  PARTICIPANTS IN PRIOR PLANS.

     Any Employee who was eligible to participate in the Jewel Companies
     Retirement Estates, the Jewel Supplementary Retirement Estates, the
     American Stores Company Retirement Plan, or the American Stores
     Company Employees' Thrift Plan on December 31, 1984, shall
     automatically be eligible to participate in the Plan on January 1,
     1985, provided he/she is an Eligible Employee on that date.


<PAGE>


                                 ARTICLE IV

                         PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

4.1  ELECTION.

     (a) Each Eligible Employee may elect to defer the receipt of a portion
     of his/her Compensation and to have the deferred amount contributed
     directly by the Company out of its current or accumulated profits for
     the fiscal year ending within that Plan Year to the Plan as Tax
     Deferred Contributions. Tax Deferred Contributions may be made only by
     means of payroll deduction.

     (b) Each Eligible Employee may elect to contribute to the Plan a
     portion of his/her Compensation as Taxed Contributions. Taxed
     Contributions may be made by means of either payroll deduction or lump
     sum contributions. Lump sum contributions will be allocated for all
     purposes of this Plan to the Plan Year in which received.

     (c) The Committee shall prescribe such procedures, either in writing
     or in practice, as it deems necessary or appropriate for each
     Participant and each Eligible Employee who will become a Participant
     to make Contributions pursuant to this Article IV.

4.2  AMOUNT SUBJECT TO ELECTION.

     (a) Each Participant who is an Eligible Employee may elect to
     contribute a whole percentage of his/her Compensation to the Plan as
     Tax Deferred Contributions not to exceed twelve percent (12%).
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Participant shall be permitted to
     make Tax Deferred Contributions to the Plan during any calendar year
     in excess of Seven Thousand Dollars ($7,000), or such larger amount as
     may be determined by the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to Code
     Section 402(g)(2), or which exceed the limitations set forth in
     Section 4.3.

     (b) Each Participant who is an Eligible Employee may elect to
     contribute a whole percentage of his/her Compensation to the Plan as
     Taxed Contributions not to exceed sixteen percent (16%), reduced by
     the amount of his/her Tax Deferred Contributions. Notwithstanding the
     foregoing, no Participant shall be permitted to make Taxed
     Contributions to the Plan during any Plan Year which exceed the
     limitations set forth in Section 4.6.

     (c) The Committee shall prescribe such procedures, either in writing
     or in practice, as it deems necessary or appropriate regarding the
     maximum amount that a Participant may elect to defer and the timing of
     such an election. These procedures shall apply to all individuals
     eligible to make an election described in Section 4.1. The Committee
     may, at any time during a Plan Year, require the suspension,
     reduction, or recharacterization of Tax Deferred Contributions of any
     Highly Compensated Participant (as defined in Section 4.3(b)(ii)) such
     that the limitations of Section 4.2(a) and (b) are satisfied.

     (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.2, a
     Participant who ceases to be an Eligible Employee due to termination
     of employment (i) after age fifty-seven (57), (ii) by reason of his
     death or disability, or (iii) by reason of the sale or transfer of a
     unit or operation of the Company or an Affiliated Company to a third
     party which is not affiliated in any manner with the Company or an
     Affiliated Company, or (iv) by reason of the discontinuance of a unit
     or operation of the Company or an Affiliated Company, and who receives
     Compensation in the Plan Year of such termination, but after the date
     of such termination, for services rendered prior to the date of such
     termination may elect to contribute amounts from such Compensation
     subject to the limitations prescribed in Paragraphs (a), (b) and (c)
     above.

4.3  LIMITATION ON COMPENSATION DEFERRALS.

     With respect to each Plan Year, Compensation Deferral Contributions by
a Participant for the Plan Year shall not exceed the limitation on
contributions by or on behalf of Highly Compensated Participants under
Section 401(k) of the Code, as provided in this Section. In the event that
Compensation Deferral Contributions under this Plan by or on behalf of
Highly Compensated Participants exceed the limitations of this Section for
any reason, either such excess contributions shall be recharacterized as
Taxed Contributions or such excess contributions, adjusted for any income
or loss allocable thereto, shall be returned to the Participant, as
provided in Section 4.5.

     (a) The Compensation Deferral Contributions by Participants for a Plan
     Year shall satisfy the Actual Deferral Percentage Test set forth in
     (i) below, or, to the extent not precluded by applicable regulations,
     the alternative Actual Deferral Percentage test set forth in (ii)
     below:

          (i) The average Actual Deferral Percentage for the Highly
          Compensated Participants shall not be more than the average
          Actual Deferral Percentage of all other Participants multiplied
          by 1.25, or

          (ii) The excess of the average Actual Deferral Percentage for the
          Highly Compensated Participants over the average Actual Deferral
          Percentage for all other Participants shall not be more than two
          (2) percentage points (or such lesser percentage as the Secretary
          of the Treasury shall prescribe to prevent the multiple use of
          the alternative limitation set forth in this Section 4.3(a)(ii)
          with respect to any Highly Compensated Participants), and the
          average Actual Deferral Percentage for the Highly Compensated
          Participants shall not be more than the average Actual Deferral
          Percentage of all other Participants multiplied by 2.0.

          (iii) In the event the test under (i) above cannot be satisfied,
          the Committee shall determine if the use of the alternative test
          under (ii) above is available under regulations relating to the
          multiple use of the alternative limitation, as prescribed by the
          Secretary of the Treasury under Code Section 401(m)(2)(A). If the
          Committee determines that the alternative test is not available,
          either the Actual Deferral Percentage or the Average Contribution
          Percentage (as defined in Section 4.6) for Highly Compensated
          Participants eligible to participate in this Plan and a plan of
          the Company or an Affiliated Company that is subject to the
          limitations of Section 401(k) and (m) of the Code, including, if
          applicable, this Plan, shall be reduced in accordance with, and
          to the extent necessary to satisfy, the requirements of
          regulations issued under Code Section 401(m).

     (b) For the purposes of the limitations of this Article IV, the
     following definitions shall apply:

          (i) "Actual Deferral Percentage" shall mean, with respect to the
          group of Highly Compensated Participants and the group of all
          other Participants for a Plan Year, the ratio, calculated
          separately for each Participant in such group, of the amount of
          the Participant's Compensation Deferral Contribution for such
          Plan Year, to such Participant's Compensation for such Plan Year,
          in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the
          Treasury under Code Section 401(k). To the extent determined by
          the Committee and in accordance with regulations issued by the
          Secretary of the Treasury, qualified nonelective contributions on
          behalf of a Participant that satisfy the requirements of Code
          Section 401(k)(3)(D)(ii) may also be taken into account for the
          purpose of determining the Actual Deferral Percentage of such
          Participant.

          (ii) "Highly Compensated Participant" shall mean for any Plan
          Year any Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee.

          (iii) "Participant" shall mean any Eligible Employee who
          satisfied the requirements under Section 3.1 during the Plan
          Year, whether or not such Eligible Employee has elected to
          contribute to the Plan for such Plan Year.

          (iv) "Compensation Deferral Contributions" shall mean amounts
          contributed to the Plan by a Participant as Tax Deferred
          Contributions pursuant to Section 4.2(a), including excess Tax
          Deferred Contributions, and may include, at the election of the
          Company, any Company Contributions which meet the requirements
          for such inclusion under Code Section 401(k)(3)(D).

     (c) In the event that as of the last day of a Plan Year this Plan
     satisfies the requirements of Section 401(a)(4) or 410(b) of the Code
     only if aggregated with one or more other plans which include
     arrangements under Code Section 401(k), then this Section 4.3 shall be
     applied by determining the Actual Deferral Percentages of Participants
     as if all such plans were a single plan in accordance with regulations
     prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury under Section 401(k) of
     the Code.

     (d) For purposes of this Section 4.3, the "Actual Deferral Percentage"
     for any Highly Compensated Participant who is a Participant under two
     or more Code Section 401(k) arrangements of the Company shall be
     determined by taking into account the Highly Compensated Participant's
     compensation under each such arrangement and contributions under each
     such arrangement which qualify for treatment under Code Section
     401(k), in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary of
     the Treasury under Section 401(k) of the Code.

     (e) For purposes of determining the Actual Deferral Percentage of a
     Highly compensated Participant, the Compensation Deferral Contribution
     and Compensation of such Highly Compensated Participant shall include
     the Compensation Deferral Contribution and Compensation of "family
     members", as such individuals are described in Section 414(q)(6)(B) of
     the Code, and such "family members" shall be disregarded in
     determining the Actual Deferral Percentage for Participants who are
     not Highly Compensated Participants.

     (f) The determination and treatment of Compensation Deferral
     Contributions and the Actual Deferral Percentage of any Participant
     shall satisfy such other requirements as may be prescribed by the
     Secretary of the Treasury.

     (g) The Committee shall keep or cause to have kept such records as are
     necessary to demonstrate that the Plan satisfies the requirements of
     Code Section 401(k) and (m) and the regulations thereunder, in
     accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the
     Treasury.

     (h) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Actual Deferred percentage test
     shall be applied separately to the portion of the Plan which covers
     Eligible Employees who are not represented in employment by a labor
     organization, and, for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1,
     1993, shall be applied separately to each portion of the Plan covering
     a group of Eligible Employees who are represented in employment by a
     labor organization pursuant to a separate collective bargaining
     agreement; provided, however, the Company may elect to treat two or
     more separate collective bargaining units as a single collective
     bargaining unit in accordance with Proposed Income Tax Regulation
     Section 1.401(k)-1(g)(11)(iii).

4.4  PROVISIONS FOR RETURN OF EXCESS TAX DEFERRED CONTRIBUTIONS OVER
     $7,000.

     (a) In the event that due to error or otherwise, an amount of a
     Participant's Compensation in excess of the $7,000 limitation (after
     application of any necessary adjustment) described in Section 4.2(a)
     is deferred under this Plan in any calendar year pursuant to such
     Participant's Compensation deferral agreement (but without regard to
     amounts deferred under any other plan), the excess Tax Deferred
     Contributions, if any, together with income allocable to such amount
     shall be returned to the Participant (after withholding applicable
     federal, state and local taxes due on such amounts) on or before the
     first April 15 following the close of the calendar year in which such
     excess contribution is made; provided, however, if there is a loss
     allocable to the excess Tax Deferred Contributions, the amount
     distributed shall be the amount of the excess as adjusted to reflect
     such loss. Any Company Contributions allocated to the Participant's
     Sharing Contributions pursuant to Section 6.3(b) which are
     attributable to any excess Tax Deferred Contributions by a
     Participant, and any income or loss allocable to such Company
     Contributions, shall either be returned to the Company or applied to
     reduce future Company Contributions by the Company.

     (b) The amount of income or loss attributable to any excess Tax
     Deferred Contributions described in Paragraph (a) above shall be equal
     to the income or loss allocable to the Participant's Tax Deferred
     Contributions Account for the Plan Year multiplied by a fraction, the
     numerator of which is the excess Tax Deferred Contributions as
     Determined under Paragraph (a) above, and the denominator of which is
     the balance of the Participant's Tax Deferred Contributions Account as
     of the last day of the Plan Year, reduced by income allocable to such
     Account and increased by losses allocable to such Account during the
     Plan Year.

     (c) In accordance with procedures as may be established, either in
     writing or in practice, by the Committee, not later than March 1 of a
     calendar year a Participant may submit a claim to the Committee in
     which he certifies in writing the specific amount of his Tax Deferred
     Contributions for the preceding calendar year which, when added to
     amounts deferred for such calendar year under other plans or
     arrangements described in Section 401(k), 408(k) or 403(b) of the
     Code, will cause the Participant to exceed the $7,000 limitation as
     described in Section 4.2(a) for such preceding calendar year.
     Notwithstanding the amount of the Participant's Tax Deferred
     Contributions under the Plan for such preceding calendar year, the
     Committee shall treat the amount specified by the Participant in his
     claim as a Tax Deferred Contribution in excess of the $7,000
     limitation (after application of any necessary adjustment) for such
     calendar year and return it to the Participant in accordance with
     Section 4.4(a) above.

     (d) Any Tax Deferred Contributions in excess of the $7,000 limitation
     (after application of any necessary adjustment) described in Section
     4.2(a) which are distributed to a Participant in accordance with this
     Section, shall to the extent required by regulations issued by the
     Secretary of the Treasury be treated as Annual Additions under Article
     XIII for the Plan Year for which the excess Tax Deferred Contributions
     were made.

     (e) The Committee shall not be liable to any Participant (or his/her
     Beneficiary, if applicable), for any losses caused by a mistake in
     calculating the amount of any Participant's excess Tax Deferred
     Contributions or the income or losses attributable thereto.

4.5  PROVISION FOR RECHARACTERIZATION OR RETURN OF EXCESS DEFERRALS BY
     HIGHLY COMPENSATED PARTICIPANTS.

     The provisions of this Section 4.5 shall be applied after
implementation of the provisions of Section 4.4.

     (a) The Committee shall determine in accordance with the procedures
     set forth in Section 4.3, as soon as is reasonably possible following
     the close of each Plan Year, the extent (if any) to which deferral
     treatment under Code Section 401(k) may not be available for
     Compensation Deferral Contributions on behalf of any Highly
     Compensated Participants. If, pursuant to these determinations by the
     Committee, a Highly Compensated Participant's Compensation Deferral
     Contributions are not eligible for tax deferral treatment then, as
     determined by the Committee, either (1) any excess Compensation
     Deferral Contributions shall be recharacterized as Taxed Contributions
     in accordance with regulations issued under Code Section 401(k), or
     (2) any excess Compensation Deferral Contributions together with any
     income or loss allocable thereto shall be returned to the Highly
     Compensated Participant (after withholding applicable federal, state
     and local taxes due on such amounts). Such return or
     recharacterization shall be made within the first two and one-half
     (2-1/2) months following the close of the Plan Year for which such
     excess deferrals were made, provided, however, that if any excess
     deferrals and income or loss allocable thereto are, due to error or
     otherwise, not returned by such date, such amounts as are required to
     be returned shall be returned not later than the end of the first Plan
     Year following the Plan Year for which such excess deferrals where
     made.

     (b) For purposes of satisfying the Actual Deferral Percentage test of
     Section 4.3(a), the amount of any excess Compensation Deferral
     Contributions by a Highly Compensated Participant shall be determined
     by the Committee by application of the leveling method set forth in
     regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury under Section
     401(k) of the Code.

     (c) The amount of income or loss attributable to any excess
     Compensation Deferral Contributions by a Highly Compensated
     Participant for a Plan Year shall be equal to the income or loss
     allocable to the Highly Compensated Participant's Compensation
     Deferral Contribution Accounts for the Plan Year multiplied by a
     fraction, the numerator of which is the excess Compensation Deferral
     Contribution as determined under Section 4.3, and the denominator of
     which is the balance of the Highly Compensated Participant's
     Compensation Deferral Contribution Accounts as of the last day of the
     Plan Year reduced by income allocable to such Accounts and increased
     by losses allocable to such Accounts during the Plan Year.

     (d) For the purpose of this Section 4.5, "Compensation Deferral
     Contribution Accounts" shall mean the Participant's Tax Deferred
     Contributions Account and shall mean any other accounts of the
     Participant to which Company Contributions have been allocated where
     such Company Contributions have been included as Compensation Deferral
     Contributions pursuant to Section 4.3(b)(iv).

     (e) For purposes of this Section, the amount of Compensation Deferral
     Contributions by a Participant who is not a Highly Compensated
     Participant for a Plan Year shall be reduced by any Tax Deferred
     Contributions which have been distributed to the Participant under
     Section 4.4, in accordance with regulations prescribed by the
     Secretary of the Treasury under Section 401(k) of the Code.

     (f) In the event that the Committee determines that an amount to be
     deferred pursuant to the Compensation deferral agreement provided in
     Section 4.1 would cause the Company contributions under this and any
     other tax-qualified retirement plan maintained by the Company to
     exceed the applicable deduction limitations contained in Code Section
     404, or to exceed the maximum Annual Addition determined in accordance
     with Article XIII, the Committee may treat such amount in accordance
     with the rules set forth above in Section 4.5(a).

     (g) The Committee shall not be liable to any Participant (or his/her
     Beneficiary, if applicable) for any losses caused by a mistake in
     calculating the amount of any Participant's excess Compensation
     Deferral Contribution or the income or losses attributable thereto.

     (h) To the extent required by regulations under Section 401(k) or 415
     of the Code, any excess Compensation Deferral Contributions with
     respect to a Highly Compensated Participant shall be treated as Annual
     Additions under Article XIII for the Plan Year for which the excess
     Compensation Deferral Contributions were made, notwithstanding the
     distribution of such excess in accordance with the provisions of this
     Section.

4.6  LIMITATIONS ON TAXED CONTRIBUTIONS AND COMPANY CONTRIBUTIONS.

     With respect to each Plan Year, Taxed Contributions and Company Match
on Contributions under the Plan for the Plan Year shall not exceed the
limitations by or on behalf of Highly Compensated Participants under
Section 401(m) of the Code, as provided in this Section. In the event that
Taxed Contributions and Company Match on Contributions under this Plan by
or on behalf of Highly Compensated Participants for any Plan Year exceed
the limitations of this Section for any reason, such excess Taxed
Contributions and Company Match on Contributions and any income or loss
allocable thereto shall be disposed of in accordance with Section 4.7.

     (a) The Taxed Contributions by Participants and Company Match on
     Contributions on behalf of Participants for a Plan Year shall satisfy
     the Average Contribution Percentage test set forth in (i) below, or to
     the extent not precluded by applicable regulations, the alternative
     Average Contribution Percentage test set forth in (ii) below:

          (i) The "Average Contribution Percentage" for the Highly
          Compensated Participants shall not be more than the Average
          Contribution Percentage of all other Participants multiplied by
          1.25, or

          (ii) The excess of the Average Contribution Percentage for the
          Highly Compensated Participant over the Average Contribution
          Percentage for all other Participants shall not be more than two
          (2) percentage points (or such lesser percentage as the Secretary
          of the Treasury shall prescribe to prevent the multiple use of
          the alternative limitation set forth in this Section 4.6(a)(ii)
          with respect to any Highly Compensated Participant), and the
          Average Contribution Percentage of the Highly Compensated
          Participant shall not be more than the Average Contribution
          Percentage of all other Participants multiplied by 2.0.

          (iii) In the event the test under (i) above cannot be satisfied,
          the Committee shall determine if the use of the alternative test
          under (ii) above is available under regulations relating to the
          multiple use of the alternative limitation, as prescribed by the
          Secretary of the Treasury under Code Section 401(m)(2)(A). If the
          Committee determines that the alternative test is not available,
          either the Actual Deferral Percentage or the Average Contribution
          Percentage for Highly Compensated Participants eligible to
          participate in this Plan and a plan of the Company or an
          Affiliate Company that is subject to the limitation of Sections
          401(k) and (m) of the Code, including, if applicable, this Plan,
          shall be reduced in accordance with, and to the extent necessary
          to satisfy, the requirements of treasury regulations under Code
          Section 401(m).

     (b) For purposes of Section 4.6 and 4.7, the following definitions
     shall apply:

          (i) "Average Contribution Percentage" shall mean, with respect to
          a group of Participants for a Plan Year, the average of the
          "Contribution Percentage" in such group. The "Contribution
          Percentage" for any Participant is determined by dividing the sum
          of the Participant's Taxed Contributions and Company Match on
          Contributions under the Plan on behalf of such Participant for
          such Plan Year by such Participant's Compensation for the Plan
          Year in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary
          of the Treasury under Code Section 401(m). To the extent
          determined by the Committee and in accordance with regulations
          issued by the Secretary of the Treasury under Code Section
          401(m)(3), Tax Deferred Contributions and any qualified
          nonelective contributions, within the meaning of Code Section
          401(m)(4)(C) on behalf of a Participant may also be taken into
          account for purposes of calculating the Contribution Percentage
          of a Participant, but shall not otherwise be taken into account.
          However, if any Company Contributions are taken into account for
          purposes of determining Actual Deferral Percentages under Section
          4.3 then such Company Contributions shall not be taken into
          account under this Section 4.6.

          (ii) "Highly Compensated Participant" shall mean for any Plan
          Year any Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee.

          (iii) "Participant" shall mean any Eligible Employee who
          satisfied the requirements under Section 3.1 during the Plan Year
          whether or not such Eligible Employee has elected to contribute
          to the Plan for such Plan Year.

          (iv) "Company Match on Contributions" shall mean the Company
          Contributions allocated to a Participant's Company Match on
          Contributions Account pursuant to Section 6.3(b) of the Plan.

     (c) For the purposes of this Section 4.6, if two or more plans
     described in Code Section 401(a) are considered one plan for the
     purposes of Section 401(a)(4) or 410(b), the Contribution Percentages
     of Participants shall be treated as made under one plan.

     (d) For the purposes of this Section 4.6, the Contribution Percentage
     for any Participant who is a Highly Compensated Participant under two
     or more plans qualified under Code Section 401(a) of the Company or an
     Affiliated Company shall to the extent required by Code Section
     401(m), be determined by taking into account the Participant after-tax
     voluntary contributions and Company matching contributions for such
     Participant under each of such plans.

     (e) For purposes of determining the Contribution Percentage of a
     Participant who is a Highly Compensated Participant, the Taxed
     Contributions, Company Match on Contributions and Compensation of such
     Participant shall include the voluntary contributions, Company Match
     on Contributions and Compensation of "family members", as such
     individuals are described in Section 414(q)(6)(B) of the Code and such
     "family members" shall be disregarded in determining the Contribution
     Percentage for Participants who are not Highly Compensated
     Participants.

     (f) The determination and treatment of the Contribution Percentage of
     any Participant shall satisfy such other requirements as may be
     prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.

     (g) The Committee shall keep or cause to have kept such records as are
     necessary to demonstrate that the Plan satisfied the requirements of
     the Code Section 401(m) and the regulations thereunder, in accordance
     with regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.

     (h) Notwithstanding the general Effective Date of this Plan, the
     provisions of this Section 4.6 shall be effective January 1, 1987.

4.7  PROVISION FOR DISPOSITION OF EXCESS TAXED CONTRIBUTIONS OR COMPANY
     MATCH ON CONTRIBUTIONS ON BEHALF OF HIGHLY COMPENSATED PARTICIPANTS.

     After application of the provisions of Section 4.4 and 4.5, the
following provisions shall be implemented:

     (a) The Committee shall determine, as soon as is reasonably possible
     following the close of each Plan Year, the extent (if any) to which
     contributions by or on behalf of Highly Compensated Participants may
     cause the plan to exceed the limitations of Section 4.6 for such Plan
     Year. If, pursuant to the determination by the Committee and as
     required by the leveling method described in subsection (b) below,
     contributions by or on behalf of a Highly Compensated Participant may
     cause the Plan to exceed such limitations, then the Committee shall
     take the following steps:

          (i) First, any excess Taxed Contributions that were not matched
          by Company Match on Contributions, together with income or loss
          allocable to such amount (determined in accordance with (c)
          below) shall be returned to the Highly Compensated Participant.

          (ii) Second, if any excess remains after the provisions of (i)
          above are applied, to the extent necessary to eliminate the
          excess, Company Match on Contributions on Tax Deferred Deposits
          by Highly Compensated Participants returned pursuant to Section
          4.4 or 4.5, and any income or loss allocable thereto, shall
          either be distributed (if non-forfeitable) to the Highly
          Compensated Participant or forfeited (to the extent forfeitable
          under the Plan).

          (iii) Third, if any excess remains after the provisions of (i)
          and (ii) above are applied, to the extent necessary to eliminate
          the excess, Company Match on Contributions on Taxed Contributions
          by Highly Compensated Participants, any corresponding matched
          Taxed Contributions, and any income or loss allocable thereto,
          shall either be distributed (if non-forfeitable) to the Highly
          Compensated Participant or forfeited (to the extent forfeitable
          under the Plan), on a pro rata basis.

          (iv) Fourth, if any excess remains after the provisions of (i),
          (ii) and (iii) above are applied, to the extent necessary to
          eliminate the excess, Company Match on Contributions on Tax
          Deferred Contributions by Highly Compensated Participants not
          returned pursuant to Section 4.4 or 4.5, and any income or loss
          allocable thereto, shall either be distributed (if
          non-forfeitable) to the Highly Compensated Participant or
          forfeited (to the extent forfeitable under the Plan).

          (v) Amounts of excess Company Match on Contributions forfeited by
          Highly Compensated Participants under this Section 4.7, including
          any income or loss allocable thereto, shall be applied to reduce
          Company Match on Contributions by the Company or the Affiliated
          Company that made the Matching Contribution on behalf of the
          Highly Compensated Participant for the Plan Year for which the
          excess contribution was made.

          (vi) If administratively feasible, any amounts distributed
          pursuant to Subparagraphs (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) shall be
          returned within two and one-half (2-1/2) months following the
          close of the Plan Year for which such excess Taxed Contributions
          or Company Match on Contributions were made, but in any event no
          later than the end of the first Plan Year following the Plan Year
          for which the excess Taxed Contributions or Company Match on
          Contributions were made. Any distribution or forfeiture of excess
          Taxed Contributions and Company Match on Contributions for any
          Plan Year shall be made on the basis of the respective portions
          of such excess Taxed Contributions and Company Match on
          Contributions attributable to each Highly Compensated
          Participant.

     (b) For purposes of satisfying the Average Contribution Percentage
     test, the amount of any excess Taxed Contributions or Company Match on
     Contributions by or on behalf of Highly Compensated Participants for a
     Plan Year under Section 4.6 shall be determined by the Committee using
     the leveling method set forth in regulations prescribed by the
     Secretary of the Treasury under Section 401(m) of the Code.

     (c) The amount of income or loss attributable to any excess Taxed
     Contributions or Company Match on Contributions, as determined under
     Paragraph (b) above, (the "Excess Aggregate Contribution"), by a
     Highly Compensated Participant for a Plan Year shall be equal to the
     income or loss allocable to the Highly Compensated Participant's
     Excess Aggregate Contribution Accounts for the Plan Year multiplied by
     a fraction, the numerator of which is the Excess Aggregate
     Contribution and the denominator of which is the sum of the balance of
     the Highly Compensated Participant's Excess Aggregate Contribution
     Accounts as of the last day of the Plan Year reduced by income
     allocable to such Accounts and increased by losses allocable to such
     Accounts during the Plan Year.

     (d) For the purpose of this Section 4.7, "Excess Aggregate
     Contribution Accounts" shall mean the Participant's Taxed
     Contributions Account and the Company Match on Contributions Account.

     (e) Any excess Taxed Contributions and/or Company Match on
     Contributions distributed to a Highly Compensated Participant or
     forfeited by a Highly Compensated Participant in accordance with this
     Section 4.7, shall to the extent required by regulations issued by the
     Secretary of the Treasury, be treated as Annual Additions under
     Section 2.5 for the Plan Year for which the excess contribution was
     made.

     (f) The Committee shall not be liable to any Participant (or his/her
     Beneficiary, if applicable), for any losses caused by a mistake in
     calculating the amount of any Excess Aggregate Contributions by or on
     behalf of a Highly Compensated Participant and the income or loss
     allocable thereto.

     (g) Notwithstanding the general Effective Date of this Plan, the
     provisions of this Section 4.7 shall be effective January 1, 1987.

4.8  TERMINATION OF, CHANGE IN RATE OF, OR RESUMPTION OF DEFERRALS.

     (a) A Participant may elect to change the rate or form of investment
     of Tax Deferred Contributions or Taxed Contributions at any time. Any
     such change shall be effective as soon as practicable following any
     such election, but normally not later than the first day of the second
     payroll period following the date such election is made.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant shall change the rate of
     his Tax Deferred or Taxed Contributions as may be required pursuant to
     Section 4.2.

     (b) Except as provided in Section 4.2(d), the right of a Participant
     to make Contributions shall cease upon termination of employment by
     the Company. A Participant who is on a Leave of Absence, however, may
     continue to make Contributions during such period.

4.9  CHARACTER OF CONTRIBUTIONS.

     Tax Deferred Contributions shall be treated as Company Contributions
for purposes of Code Sections 401(k) and 414(h). Taxed Contributions shall
not constitute "qualified voluntary employee contributions" under Code
Section 219 (relating to the deductibility of those amounts).

4.10 ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS.

     (a) Pursuant to procedures as the Committee may prescribe (either in
     writing or in practice), an Eligible Employee may make a Rollover
     Contribution to the Plan.

     (b) Any Rollover Contribution to the Plan must be made in the form of
     cash.

     (c) A Rollover Contribution shall not be considered a Participant
     Contribution.

     (d) A Participant's Rollover Contribution made pursuant to the rules
     of this Section 4.10 shall be held in a separate Rollover Contribution
     Account for the Employee. This Rollover Contribution Account will not
     share in allocations of Company Contributions or Forfeitures under
     Section 6.3.

     (e) The provisions of this Section 4.10 shall be effective October 1,
     1992.

4.11 EFFECTIVE DATE OF ARTICLE IV.

     Notwithstanding the general Effective Date of this Plan, the
provisions of this Article IV shall be effective January 1, 1987, except as
otherwise expressly provided herein.


<PAGE>


                                 ARTICLE V

                    TRUST FUND AND COMPANY CONTRIBUTIONS

5.1  TRUST FUND.

     The Company has entered into a Trust Agreement for the establishment
of a Trust to hold the assets of the Plan. The Trustee has agreed to hold
and administer all funds and assets that may be deposited with the Trustee
pursuant to the terms of this Plan.

5.2  COMPANY CONTRIBUTIONS.

     The Board of Directors shall contribute an amount on behalf of each
Plan Year determined in its sole discretion. The amount of this
contribution, however, shall not exceed the lesser of (a) the amount of its
Earnings for its fiscal year beginning within that Plan Year, or (b) the
maximum deductible amount determined under Code Section 404.

5.3  FORM OF COMPANY CONTRIBUTIONS.

     The Company's contributions to the Trust Fund shall be paid in cash or
Company Stock as the Company may from time to time determine.

5.4  INVESTMENT OF TRUST ASSETS.

     (a) The manner in which assets of the Trust will be invested shall be
     chosen by the Committee at its discretion, although the Committee may
     delegate the management to one or more Investment Managers appointed
     pursuant to Section 9.3.

     (b) The Committee may establish separate Investment Funds under the
     Plan, with each fund representing an investment alternative available
     to Participants and Eligible Employees for the investment of their
     Accounts as provided in Sections 5.4(c) and (d) below. Each
     Participant and Eligible Employee shall have a subaccount under the
     Plan corresponding to such individual's interest, if any, which is
     allocated to each Investment Fund. Each such subaccount shall be
     measured in Fund Units. The Committee may, at its discretion,
     establish alternative Investment Funds or eliminate any previously
     established funds, including but not limited to the following types of
     Investment Funds:

          (i) The Regular (Balanced) Fund consisting of stocks, bonds, real
          estate, and other securities including obligations of the United
          States Government and its agencies and short-term liquid
          investments;

          (ii) The Fixed Income Fund consisting of bonds and other
          securities including obligations of the United States Government
          and its agencies and short-term liquid investments;

          (iii) The American Stores Company Common Stock Fund invested in
          Company Stock and short-term liquid investments;

          (iv) The Safety Fund available exclusively to Participants and
          Eligible Employees who are age 50 or older and invested in
          short-term fixed income investments and other securities
          including obligations of the United States Government and its
          agencies and short-term liquid investments; and

          (v) The All Equity Fund invested exclusively in stocks and
          short-term liquid investments.

     Notwithstanding the establishment of separate Investment Funds, the
     Plan is authorized for purposes of Section 407 of ERISA to have up to
     one hundred percent (100%) of its assets invested in Company Stock,
     subject to any directions or action by the Committee or Participants
     specified herein.

     (c) A Participant may elect the Investment Fund to which his/her Tax
     Deferred Contributions or Taxed Contributions are made under the Plan
     or may change such elections pursuant to Section 4.8(a). An Eligible
     Employee may elect the Investment Fund to which his/her Rollover
     Contribution is made under the Plan. Any such elections shall be
     limited to the Investment Funds currently offered by the Committee and
     currently available pursuant to Paragraph (b) above. A Participant or
     Eligible Employee, as applicable, shall effect any such elections in
     the manner prescribed by the Committee.

     (d) Company Contributions allocated to a Participant's Accounts in a
     Plan Year shall be invested in the same manner as the most recent
     election made by the Participant and on file with the Company for the
     Participant's Tax Deferred Contributions and Taxed Contributions
     pursuant to Paragraph (c) above. If the Participant has elected to
     invest his/her Tax Deferred Contributions and Taxed Contributions in
     more than one Investment Fund, Company Contributions shall be
     allocated among the Investment Funds in which the Tax Deferred
     Contributions and Taxed Contributions of such Participant are invested
     in respective percentages determined with respect to each such
     Investment Fund equal to the percentage of the sum of such
     Participant's Tax Deferred Contributions and Taxed Contributions which
     are invested in each such Investment Fund pursuant to his/her election
     under Paragraph (c). If a Participant has made no such Contributions,
     he/she may direct the investment of such Company Contributions
     allocated to his/her Accounts by making an election in the same manner
     as provided under Paragraph (c) above. If there is no valid election
     on file for such Participant, such Company Contributions for such
     Participant shall be invested entirely in the Fixed Income Fund,
     unless and until the Participant directs otherwise.

     (e) A Participant or Eligible Employee, as applicable, may elect to
     exchange up to one hundred percent (100%) of the amounts accrued in
     such individual's accounts once every thirty (30) days among any of
     the Investment Funds currently offered by the Committee and currently
     available to such individual. A Participant or Eligible Employee shall
     effect such an exchange in the manner prescribed by the Committee. To
     the extent there is insufficient liquidity in the Trust, transactions
     described in this Section 5.4(e) may be suspended for a term certain
     or queued on a first come-first served basis as such liquidity is
     restored.

     (f) Amounts invested in any one of the Investment Funds shall not
     share in gains and losses experienced by any other fund.

     (g) Notwithstanding the establishment of separate Investment Funds
     within the Trust, the Trust shall at all times constitute a single
     trust.

5.5  AMERICAN STORES COMPANY STOCK FUND.

     (a) The American Stores Company Stock Fund ("Stock Fund") shall be
     invested in Company Stock and short-term liquid investments in amounts
     needed to satisfy the liquidity needs of the Stock Fund for exchanges,
     distributions and the exercise of stock rights, warrants or options
     issued on Company Stock. The extent to which this fund is invested in
     short-term liquid investments shall be as agreed from time to time
     between the Committee and the Trustee. The Trustee shall be
     responsible to maintain liquidity in the Stock Fund to the extent
     agreed upon with the Committee.

     (b) In the event any rights, warrants, or options are issued on
     Company Stock, the Trustee shall exercise them for the acquisition of
     additional Company Stock for the Stock Fund as directed by the
     Committee to the extent that cash is then available in the Stock Fund.

     (c) Any Company Stock received by the Trustee as a stock split,
     dividend, or as a result of a reorganization or other recapitalization
     of the Company shall be added to the Stock Fund.

     (d) All cash dividends paid to the Trustee with respect to Company
     Stock shall be applied by the Trustee to purchase additional shares of
     Company Stock for the Stock Fund or shall be used to provide liquidity
     for the Stock Fund in accordance with Paragraph (a).

     (e) The provisions of this Section 5.5 shall be effective October 1,
     1992.

5.6  IRREVOCABILITY.

     The Company shall have no right or title to, nor interest in, the
contributions made to the Trust Fund, and no part of the Trust Fund shall
revert to the Company except that on and after January 1, 1989, funds may
be returned to the Company as follows:

     (a) In the case of a Company Contribution which is made by a mistake
     of fact, at the Company's written request, that contribution may be
     returned to the Company within one (1) year after it is made.

     (b) All Company Contributions to the Trust are hereby conditioned upon
     the Plan satisfying all of the requirements of Code Section 401(a). If
     the Plan does not qualify, at the Company's written election, the Plan
     may be revoked and all such contributions may be returned to the
     Company within one (1) year after the date of Internal Revenue Service
     denial of the qualification of the Plan. Upon such a revocation, the
     affairs of the Plan and Trust shall be terminated and wound up as the
     Company shall direct.

     (c) All Company Contributions to the Plan are conditioned upon the
     deductibility of those contributions under Code Section 404. To the
     extent a deduction is disallowed, at the Company's written request the
     contribution may be returned to the Company within one (1) year after
     the disallowance.

     (d) In the event that the Plan is terminated when there are amounts
     remaining in the Suspense Account, the excess funds may revert to the
     Company to the extent provided in Section 13.4(i).

5.7  COMPANY, COMMITTEE AND TRUSTEE NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR ADEQUACY OF TRUST
     FUND.

     (a) The Company, Committee, and the Trustee shall not be liable or
     responsible for the adequacy of the Trust Fund to meet and discharge
     any or all payments and liabilities hereunder. All Plan benefits will
     be paid only from the Trust assets, and neither the Company, the
     Committee, nor the Trustee shall have any duty or liability to furnish
     the Trust with any funds, securities, or other assets except as
     expressly provided in the Plan.

     (b) Except as required under the Plan or Trust or under Part 4 of
     Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA, the Company shall not be responsible
     for any decision, act or omission of the Trustee, the Committee, or
     the Investment Manager (if applicable), and shall not be responsible
     for the application of any moneys, securities, investments or other
     property paid or delivered to the Trustee.


<PAGE>


                                 ARTICLE VI

                          ACCOUNTS AND ALLOCATIONS

6.1  PARTICIPANTS' ACCOUNTS.

     In order to account for the allocated interest of each Participant in
the Trust Fund, there shall be established and maintained for each
Participant (making such form of contribution or as otherwise applicable)
the Accounts enumerated in Section 2.1 hereof.

6.2  ALLOCATION OF AMOUNTS CONTRIBUTED BY PARTICIPANTS.

     All Taxed Contributions and Tax Deferred Contributions contributed by
a Participant shall be allocated to the separate Account established and
maintained for the Participant for such form of contributions. Such
contributions shall be paid by the Company to the Trustee as soon as
practicable after such amounts are withheld from the Participant's
paychecks.

6.3  ALLOCATION OF COMPANY CONTRIBUTIONS AND FORFEITURES.

     (a)  (i) Any Forfeitures occurring during the Plan Year and all
          Company Contributions shall first be used to restore the Accounts
          of rehired Participants pursuant to the rules of Section 8.4.

          (ii) If any Forfeitures remain after application of Subparagraph
          (i), such funds shall be allocated to the appropriate Accounts of
          Participants to the extent necessary to correct insufficient
          allocations made to such Accounts in prior periods discovered
          during the Plan Year to which such Forfeitures are attributable.

          (iii) Any Company Contributions and Forfeitures which remain
          after the application of Subparagraphs (i) and (ii) above shall
          be allocated in accordance with the following provisions of this
          Section 6.3.

     (b) Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Company's remaining contribution
     determined under the rules of Section 5.2 and the remaining
     Forfeitures shall be allocated in accordance with the rules of this
     Paragraph (b).

          (i) This amount shall be allocated to the Company Match on
          Contributions Account of each Participant who made Sharing
          Contributions (whether Tax Deferred Contributions or Taxed
          Contributions) during the Plan Year. The portion of the total
          amount that will be allocated to the Account of a Participant
          will be the same ratio as the amount of the Participant's Sharing
          Contributions during the Plan Year (which have not been withdrawn
          by the Participant pursuant to Section 8.1 or returned pursuant
          to Section 4.4, 4.5, or 4.7), bear to the total amount of all
          such Sharing Contributions of all Participants.

          (ii) A Participant who is an Eligible Employee and who is on a
          Disability Leave of Absence for any Plan year or portion thereof
          shall be deemed to have made Sharing Contributions equal to the
          greater of: (A) any Sharing Contributions actually made by the
          Participant during the Plan Year; or (B) the amount of any
          Sharing Contributions made by the Participant during the Plan
          Year immediately preceding the Plan Year in which the Disability
          began. However, in no event shall a Participant be considered to
          have made Sharing Contributions pursuant to this Subparagraph
          (ii) in an amount greater than six percent (6%) of his/her deemed
          Compensation as determined under Section 6.3(c)(iii) below.

     (c) Seventy-five percent (75%) of the Company's remaining contribution
     determined under the rules of Section 5.2 and the remaining
     Forfeitures shall be allocated in accordance with the rules of this
     Paragraph (c). This amount shall be allocated to the Company
     Contribution on Pay Account or, in the case of a Participant on a
     Disability Leave of Absence on or after October 1, 1992, the Company
     Contribution on Pay (Fully Vested) Account, of each eligible
     Participant, whether or not he/she made any Sharing Contributions for
     that Plan Year.

          (i) First, a portion of this amount shall be allocated to the
          appropriate Account, as indicated above, of each Participant who
          received Noncovered Compensation during the Plan Year while a
          Participant and Eligible Employee. The amount that will be
          allocated to each such Participant will be determined by
          multiplying his/her Noncovered Compensation by the Noncovered
          Compensation Percentage. "Noncovered Compensation" shall mean
          that portion of a Participant's Compensation received while a
          Participant and Eligible Employee which is in excess of the
          maximum amount that may be treated as "wages" subject to Social
          Security taxes determined as of the beginning of any such Plan
          Year. The Noncovered Compensation Percentage shall mean the
          greater of 5.7% or the percentage equal to the portion of the
          rate of tax under Code Section 3111(a) (in effect as of the
          beginning of the Plan Year) which is attributable to old-age
          insurance, provided, however, if such Noncovered Compensation
          Percentage is greater than the Total Compensation Percentage (as
          defined in Subparagraph (c)(ii)), then such Noncovered
          Compensation Percentage shall be adjusted pursuant to
          Subparagraph (c)(ii).

          (ii) Next, the portion of the remaining amount of the Company
          Contribution shall be allocated to the appropriate Accounts, as
          indicated above, of Participants. Such allocation for each
          Participant shall be equal to the Total Compensation Percentage
          multiplied by the Participant's Compensation of the Plan Year
          received while both a Participant and Eligible Employee. "Total
          Compensation Percentage" shall mean the portion of the remaining
          amount of the Company Contribution (after application of
          Subparagraph (i) above), divided by the total amount of all
          Participants' Compensation for the Plan Year received while both
          Participants and Eligible Employees. Notwithstanding the
          foregoing, should the Noncovered Compensation Percentage be
          greater than the Total Compensation Percentage, both such
          percentages shall be adjusted such that both equal the following:

               (75% of Company Contribution) / (Compensation of all
               Participants + Noncovered Compensation of all Participants)

               The 75% of the Company Contribution shall then be
               reallocated in the same manner as provided in this
               Subparagraph (ii) and Subparagraph (i) above, using such
               adjusted Noncovered Compensation Percentage and Total
               Compensation Percentage.

          (iii) Effective January 1, 1991, for purposes of this Paragraph
          (c), a Participant who is an Eligible Employee and who is on a
          Disability Leave of Absence for any Plan Year or portion thereof,
          shall be deemed to have received Compensation (and Noncovered
          Compensation, if applicable) in an amount equal to his/her
          annualized base salary determined immediately prior to becoming
          disabled. Such deemed Compensation shall be reduced by the amount
          of any disability benefits taken into account as Compensation.
          The Participant will receive such deemed Compensation in whole
          year increments for the Plan Year in which he/she became disabled
          and for a period (the "Period") commencing with the Plan Year
          immediately following the Plan Year in which the Participant
          became disabled through the Plan Year prior to the Plan Year in
          which the Participant returns to employment from his/her
          disability. The Participant's deemed Compensation for such Plan
          Year of return shall equal the whole year deemed Compensation
          multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of
          whole months of such Participant's absence for such Year and the
          denominator of which is twelve (12). The Period shall not exceed
          the number of Years of Service the Participant has accrued at the
          beginning of such Period for vesting purposes, except that if the
          Participant has ten (10) or more of such Years of Service, the
          Period shall continue until the earlier of the date on which the
          Participant reaches age fifty-seven (57) or dies.

          (iv) The rules of this Paragraph (c) regarding Participants on a
          Disability Leave of Absence shall be applied in a manner
          consistent with the provisions of Code Section 415(c)(3)(C).
          Accordingly, the deemed Compensation rules of Subparagraph (iii)
          shall not apply with respect to any Participant who is an
          officer, owner, or highly compensated employee, within the
          meaning of Code Section 415(c)(3)(C).

     (d) Notwithstanding the above, if an "Accrued Contribution" on behalf
     of an individual exists for the Plan Year during the period while the
     individual was a Participant, the total allocation on behalf of the
     Participant (determined under the rules of Paragraphs (b) and (c)
     above) shall be reduced (but not below zero) by the Participant's
     Accrued Contribution. For the purpose of this Paragraph (d), "Accrued
     Contribution" shall mean (i) an obligation by the Company, pursuant to
     a collective bargaining agreement, to make a contribution on behalf of
     a Participant to another tax-qualified retirement plan during the Plan
     Year, and/or (ii) a deemed obligation by the Company to make such a
     contribution, pursuant to an agreement between the Participant's
     employer and the respective collective bargaining unit which specifies
     the amount of such deemed obligation, although no such contribution
     was actually made because the Company was not currently required to
     contribute to another tax-qualified retirement plan due to the
     overfunded status of such plan, even though such Participant continued
     to accrue additional benefits under such plan.

     (e) Notwithstanding the above, a Participant shall not be entitled to
     share in an allocation under Paragraphs (b), (c), or (d) above for a
     particular Plan Year unless that Participant is employed by the
     Company as an Eligible Employee on the last day of that Plan Year.
     However, the rule in the preceding sentence shall not apply to a
     Participant who is an Eligible Employee and whose employment with the
     Company and all Affiliated Companies is terminated during the Plan
     Year (i) after age fifty-seven (57), (ii) by reason of his death or
     Disability, (iii) by reason of the sale or transfer of a unit or
     operation of the Company or an Affiliated Company to a third party
     which is not affiliated in any manner with the Company or an
     Affiliated Company, or (iv) by reason of the discontinuance of such
     unit or operation. Any such Participant shall be entitled to share in
     an allocation under Paragraphs (b), (c), or (d) above for the Plan
     Year in which such termination occurs and with respect to all
     Compensation actually paid to such Participant while both a
     Participant and an Eligible Employee or after termination of
     employment in such Plan Year.

     (f) The allocations of Company Contributions under this Section 6.3
     shall be made after the allocations required by Sections 6.4 and 13.4
     have been made.

     (g) Notwithstanding the above, if a Participant leaves Eligible
     Employee status during a Plan Year but continues to remain an Employee
     through the last day of such Plan Year, such Participant shall be
     entitled to share in an allocation under Paragraphs (b), (c), or (d)
     above based only on the Compensation of such Participant for the
     period of time during such Plan Year that such Participant was an
     Eligible Employee.

     (h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 6.3,
     allocations of Company Contributions made pursuant to Paragraph (b) or
     (c) above may be adjusted such that allocations to Participants who
     are Highly Compensated Employees as compared to allocations to
     Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees when expressed
     as a percentage of Compensation may differ in order to satisfy the
     requirements of Code Section 410(b) and the regulations thereunder.

6.4  VALUATION OF PARTICIPANTS' ACCOUNTS.

     On each Valuation Date, the Trustee shall value the assets of the
Trust on the basis of fair market values. Each separate Investment Fund
shall be valued separately and the net asset value ("NAV") of each
outstanding Fund Unit for each Investment Fund shall be determined. The
valuation and allocation provisions of this Section 6.4 shall be applied
and implemented in accordance with the following rules:

     (a) The Trustee shall determine the fair market value of each
     Investment Fund as of each Valuation Date, taking into account any
     increase or decrease in the market value of the assets of any such
     Investment Fund, any dividends, interest or other income received by
     such Investment Fund, any loss or expense attributable to Trust
     expenses that were not paid by the Company, and any other gains or
     losses allocable to such Investment Fund. The net income or loss of
     any Investment Fund for any Valuation Date shall not include the
     following transactions ("Transactions") made as of such date:

          (i) Company or Participant Contributions, Rollover Contributions,
          distributions recontributed pursuant to Section 8.4(b),
          forfeitures allocated to Participants' Accounts pursuant to
          Section 6.3(a)(i) or loan repayments by Participants;

          (ii) Distributions, withdrawals, forfeitures of nonvested Account
          balances pursuant to Section 8.4(a), or loan disbursements to
          Participants under Section 14.3; or

          (iii) Exchanges pursuant to Section 5.4(e).

     (b) The Trustee shall determine the NAV of each Fund Unit of each
     Investment Fund by dividing the fair market value of each such
     Investment Fund, determined under Paragraph (a), by the number of Fund
     Units outstanding with respect to each such Investment Fund as of such
     Valuation Date prior to effecting the purchase or sale of Fund Units,
     as applicable, to reflect Transactions made on such Valuation Date.

     (c) Following the determination of the NAV for each Fund Unit of each
     Investment Fund as of any Valuation Date under Paragraph (b), the
     Trustee shall effect the purchase or sale of Fund Units, as
     applicable, within each Investment Fund to reflect Transactions made
     on such Valuation Date with respect to each such Investment Fund on
     the basis of the NAV of the applicable Fund Unit as so determined.

     (d) Following the purchase or sale of Fund Units to reflect
     Transactions made as of any Valuation Date in each Investment Fund,
     the Trustee shall revalue the Accounts and subaccounts (established
     pursuant to Section 5.4(b)) of each Participant as of such Valuation
     Date so as to reflect any increase or decrease in the number of Fund
     Units credited to each such Participant's Accounts and subaccounts and
     the value of the Fund Units credited to each such Account and
     subaccount.

     (e) For purposes of the application of this Section 6.4, the Valuation
     Date as of which a Transaction shall be considered made shall be
     determined as follows:

          (i) Except as provided in Subparagraph (ii), any Transaction
          described in Section 6.4(a)(i) shall be considered made as of the
          Valuation Date on which the wire transfer to the Trustee of funds
          pertaining to such Transaction is effected no later than 4:00
          p.m. Eastern Standard Time.

          (ii) In the case of a Rollover Contribution by a Participant or a
          contribution to the Trust by a Participant effected other than by
          payroll deduction for any reason, such Transaction shall be
          considered made as of the Valuation Date on which the funds
          pertaining to such Transaction are received by the Trustee no
          later than 2:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time.

          (iii) Any Transaction described in Section 6.4(a)(ii), other than
          forfeitures of nonvested Account balances pursuant to Section
          8.4(a), shall be considered made as of the Valuation Date upon
          which the request pertaining to such Transaction is made by the
          Participant, or if later, the Valuation Date upon which the
          request is approved by the Committee or its representative,
          provided notice of such request, or approval, as applicable, is
          received by the Trustee no later than 4:00 p.m. Eastern Standard
          Time on such Valuation Date. A forfeiture described in Section
          6.4(a)(ii) shall be considered made as of the same Valuation Date
          as of which the distribution of the vested portion of the
          Participant's Accounts with respect to which the forfeiture
          pertains is considered made.

          (iv) Any exchange pursuant to Section 5.4(e) shall be considered
          made as of the Valuation Date upon which notice of such
          Transaction, delivered in the manner prescribed by the Committee,
          is received by the Trustee by 4:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time.

          (v) Any Transaction described in Subparagraphs (i), (ii), (iii)
          and (iv) which occurs on a Valuation Date but after the time
          specified in any such Subparagraph shall be considered made as of
          the next succeeding Valuation Date.

     (f) The determination of net income and losses under Section 6.4 shall
     be made prior to the allocations required under Sections 6.3 and 13.4,
     if any, and prior to the adjustments required under Sections 4.4, 4.5
     and 4.7, if any.

6.5  TREATMENT OF ACCOUNTS UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.

     Upon a Participant's termination of employment, pending distribution
of the Participant's benefit pursuant to the provisions of Article VIII
below, the Participant's Accounts shall continue to be maintained and
accounted for in accordance with all applicable provisions of this Plan,
including but not limited to the applicable provisions of Sections 6.3 and
6.4 as of any Anniversary Date or other date preceding the distribution of
the Participant's entire benefit under the Plan.

6.6  MISCELLANEOUS VALUATION RULES.

     (a) The Committee and the Trustee shall establish such additional
     accounting procedures as may be necessary for the purpose of making
     the allocations, valuations and adjustments to Participants' Accounts
     provided for in this Article VI. From time to time, the Committee and
     Trustee may modify such additional accounting procedures for the
     purpose of achieving equitable, nondiscriminatory, and
     administratively feasible allocations among the Accounts of
     Participants in accordance with the general concepts of the Plan and
     the provisions of this Article VI.

     (b) The Company, the Committee, and the Trustee do not in any manner
     or to any extent whatsoever warrant, guarantee or represent that the
     value of a Participant's Account shall at any time equal or exceed the
     amount previously contributed thereto.


<PAGE>


                                ARTICLE VII

                          VESTING IN PLAN ACCOUNTS

7.1  NO VESTED RIGHTS EXCEPT AS HEREIN PROVIDED.

     No Participant shall have any vested right or interest to, or any
right of payment of, any assets of the Trust Fund, except as expressly
provided in this Plan. Neither the making of any allocations nor the credit
to any Account of a Participant shall vest in any Participant any right,
title, or interest in or to any assets of the Trust Fund.

7.2  VESTING SCHEDULE.

     (a) A Participant's interest in his/her Company Contribution on Pay
     Account shall vest in accordance with the following schedule:

            Years of Service               Vested Percentage
            ----------------               -----------------

            Less than 3                             0%
            3 but less than 4                      30%
            4 but less than 5                      40%
            5 but less than 6                      50%
            6 but less than 7                      60%
            7 but less than 8                      70%
            8 but less than 9                      80%
            9 but less than 10                     90%
            10 or more                            100%

     (b) Notwithstanding the above, for all Plan Years beginning on or
     after January 1, 1989, a Participant's interest in his/her Company
     Contributions on Pay Account shall vest in accordance with the
     following schedule, provided such Participant performs at least one
     (1) Hour of Service in any Plan Year beginning on or after January 1,
     1989:

            Years of Service               Vested Percentage
            ----------------               -----------------

            Less than 3                             0%
            3 but less than 4                      30%
            4 but less than 5                      40%
            5 but less than 6                      60%
            6 but less than 7                      80%
            7 or more                             100%

     (c) Notwithstanding the above, a Participant shall become fully vested
     in his/her Company Contribution on Pay Account upon the occurrence of
     any of the following events, if such Participant is then still an
     Employee:

          (i) Attainment of age fifty-seven (57);

          (ii) Death;

          (iii) Adjudication as incompetent by a court having jurisdiction
          over such matters; or

          (iv) Termination of employment due to a Disability.

7.3  PERMISSIVE VESTING.

     Notwithstanding the rules of Section 7.2 above, all Participants who
are affected by a closure or sale of a unit of the Company to an entity
that is not an Affiliated Company which does not constitute a partial
termination under Section 11.5, shall become fully vested in their benefit
under the Plan, unless the Board of Directors has, prior to such closure or
sale, determined otherwise. The account balance credited to the Company
Contribution on Pay Account of each Participant which becomes 100% vested
as a result of the application of this Section 7.3, determined as of the
last day of the Plan Year in which the closure or sale of a unit occurs,
shall be transferred to a Company Contribution on Pay (Fully Vested)
Account to be maintained in the Trust for each such affected Participant.

7.4  VESTING OF PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS.

     A Participant shall at all times have a 100% vested interest in
his/her Tax Deferred Contributions Account, Taxed Contributions Account,
Company Match on Contributions Account, Prior Plans Account and Company
Contribution on Pay (Fully Vested) Account and Rollover Account.

7.5  VESTING DURING LEAVE OF ABSENCE.

     Effective October 1, 1992, in the case of a Participant who is on a
Disability Leave of Absence, such Participant shall be 100% vested in all
amounts allocated to such Participant's Company Contribution on Pay (Fully
Vested) Account pursuant to Section 6.3 during such Disability Leave of
Absence and earnings thereon. Prior to October 1, 1992, a Participant to
whom amounts are allocated under Section 6.3 hereof while on Disability
Leave of Absence, shall be 100% vested in such allocated amounts and the
earnings accrued thereon during such Disability Leave of Absence. Earnings
accrued on such amounts after any such Participant recommenced active
employment with the Company and before October 1, 1992, shall be credited
to his/her Company Contribution on Pay Account, subject to the vesting
schedule of Section 7.2 hereof.


<PAGE>


                                ARTICLE VIII

                          PAYMENT OF PLAN BENEFITS

8.1  PAYMENT OF BENEFITS.

     (a) Subject to the provisions of Section 8.3 and Article XVII, if a
     Participant terminates employment for any reason other than death,
     such Participant shall receive a distribution of his/her entire vested
     interest under the Plan as soon as is reasonably practicable following
     such termination of employment. Such distribution shall be made in any
     of the following forms, at the election of the Participant:

          (i) One lump sum distribution made in cash, except to the extent
          any of the vested portion of such Participant's Accounts is
          invested in the American Stores Company Common Stock Fund, and
          such Participant elects a single lump sum distribution of his
          entire vested Account, then such distribution may be made in such
          stock at the election of the Participant to the extent so
          invested in such stock;

          (ii) Two or more equal or unequal cash installment distributions
          at specified intervals (subject to the limitations of Section
          8.3(c)).

     Upon the sale of a subsidiary, as described in Section
     401(k)(10)(A)(iii) of the Code, that is an Affiliated Company to an
     entity that is not an Affiliated Company, the Committee shall direct
     the Trustee to make a distribution of an affected Participant's
     distributable benefit in the Trust Fund as if such Participant's
     employment had terminated; provided, however, that the portion of such
     Participant's distributable benefit that consists of his Tax Deferred
     Contributions Account may only be distributed in the form described in
     Section 8.1(a)(i) hereof. Prior to January 1, 1993, an affected
     Participant shall not be considered to have terminated employment upon
     the sale of an entity that is not a subsidiary of an Affiliated
     Company. Effective upon the later to occur of (i) January 1, 1993, or
     (ii) the date of the transaction, an affected Participant shall be
     considered to have terminated employment as a result of the sale of an
     entity that is not a subsidiary solely for purposes of receiving
     distributions under Section 8.1(a) hereof from Accounts other than
     such Participant's Tax Deferred Contributions Account. For purposes of
     receiving a distribution from such Participant's Tax Deferred
     Contributions Account under Section 8.1(a), an affected Participant
     will be considered to have terminated employment only to the extent he
     would be considered to have separated from service for purposes of
     Code Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(I) or any successor provision thereto.

     (b) Subject to the provisions of Article XVII, a Participant who is an
     Employee may withdraw amounts from his/her Taxed Contributions Account
     or Prior Plans Account at any time. Subject to the provisions of
     Article XVII, a Participant who is an Employee and who has withdrawn
     all amounts from his/her Taxed Contributions Account and Prior Plans
     Account may, prior to termination of employment upon incurring a
     Hardship as determined by the Committee, withdraw amounts from his/her
     Company Match on Contributions Account, Company Contribution on Pay
     (Fully Vested) Account, Company Contribution on Pay (Fully Vested)
     Account, and Rollover Account; provided that the Participant may only
     withdraw amounts from an Account if the Hardship persists and all
     amounts in the next previously enumerated Account have been withdrawn.
     If the Hardship persists and all amounts from the Accounts enumerated
     in the previous sentence have been withdrawn, the Participant who is
     an Employee may withdraw amounts from his/her Tax Deferred
     Contributions Account (excluding any earnings on such Account earned
     after December 31, 1988). Committee determinations on Hardships shall
     be made in accordance with the following procedures:

          (i) A Hardship distribution shall be made to a Participant only
          if the Committee (or its representative) determines that the
          Participant has an immediate and heavy financial need and that a
          withdrawal from the Plan is necessary in order to satisfy such
          need.

          (ii) The following situations shall be "deemed" to be immediate
          and heavy financial needs:

               (1) Medical expenses described in Code Section 213(d)
               incurred by the Participant, the Participant's spouse, or
               any dependents of the Participant (as defined in Code
               Section 152);

               (2) The purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a
               principal residence for the Participant only;

               (3) Payment of tuition for the next twelve (12) months of
               post-secondary education for the Participant, the
               Participant's spouse, children, or other dependents;

               (4) The need to prevent the eviction of the Participant from
               his/her principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage
               of the Participant's principal residence; and

               (5) Any other situation deemed an immediate and heavy
               financial need by the Internal Revenue Service through the
               publication of revenue rulings, notices, and other documents
               of general applicability.

          (iii) The Committee (or its representative) may determine that a
          Participant has incurred an immediate and heavy financial need in
          situations other than those listed in (ii) above on the basis of
          guidelines determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion,
          taking into account all relevant facts and circumstances. A
          financial need shall not fail to qualify as immediate and heavy
          merely because such need was reasonably foreseeable or
          voluntarily incurred by the Participant.

          (iv) The determination as to whether a withdrawal from the Plan
          is necessary to satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need is
          to be made on the basis of all relevant facts and circumstances.
          However, a withdrawal from the Plan shall be necessary in order
          to satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need only if:

               (1) The amount of the withdrawal is not in excess of the
               amount required to relieve the financial need or in excess
               of the amount that such need could not be satisfied from
               other sources that are reasonably available to the
               Participant.

               (2) The Participant represents to the Committee, in a manner
               on which the Committee can reasonably rely, to the extent
               that the need cannot be relieved:

                    (A) Through reimbursement or compensation by insurance
                    or otherwise;

                    (B) By reasonable liquidation of the Participant's
                    assets, to the extent such liquidation would not itself
                    cause an immediate and heavy financial need;

                    (C) By cessation of Tax Deferred Contributions or Taxed
                    Contributions under the Plan; or

                    (D) By other withdrawals or distributions or nontaxable
                    (at the time of the loan) loans from any plan
                    maintained by the Company (including this Plan) or from
                    any other employer, or by borrowing from commercial
                    sources on reasonable commercial terms.

          (v) A Participant's resources shall be deemed to include those
          assets of his/her spouse and minor children that are reasonably
          available to the Participant.

     (c) Subject to the provisions of Article XVII, in the case of a
     Participant who is on a Disability Leave of Absence, such Participant
     may receive a distribution from his/her Accounts under the Plan. The
     total amount of any such distribution shall not exceed eighty percent
     (80%) of the total vested portion of such Participant's Accounts.

     (d) Except as provided in Paragraphs (b), (c) and (f), Participants
     may not receive a distribution of their benefits under the Plan prior
     to termination of employment.

     (e) In the event of the death of a Participant, the Participant's
     benefit under the Plan (reduced by any security interest held by the
     Plan by reason of a loan outstanding to such Participant pursuant to
     Section 14.3 and subject to the rights of any person pursuant to a
     Qualified Domestic Relations Order as defined in Section 14.2) shall
     be distributed to the Participant's Beneficiary designated pursuant to
     Section 8.2. Distributions to the Beneficiary pursuant to this
     Paragraph (e) shall be in the same form and at the same time as
     specified in Paragraph (a) above, as elected by the Beneficiary,
     subject to the limitations of Section 8.3 and Article XVII.

     (f) A Participant who has attained age 59-1/2 may withdraw all or a
     portion of the current balance of his/her Accounts at any time by
     submitting a request therefor to the Committee in the manner
     prescribed by it, subject to the requirements of Article XVII.
     Withdrawal from Accounts shall occur in the following order, with each
     enumerated Account to be totally depleted before amounts in the next
     enumerated Account may be withdrawn: Taxed Contributions Account,
     Prior Plans Account, Company Match on Contributions Account, Company
     Contribution on Pay (Fully Vested) Account, Rollover Account, Tax
     Deferred Contributions Account, and Company Contribution on Pay
     Account.

     (g) Notwithstanding the provisions contained in the foregoing
     Paragraphs of this Section 8.1, any provision which restricts or would
     deny a Participant through the withholding of consent or the exercise
     of discretion by some person or persons other than the Participant
     (and where relevant, other than the Participant's spouse) of an
     alternative form of benefit, in violation of Code Section 411(d)(6)
     and the regulations promulgated thereunder, is hereby amended by the
     deletion of the consent and/or discretion requirement.


<PAGE>


8.2  DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY.

     (a) Each Participant or Beneficiary entitled to receive a benefit
     under this Article VIII (collectively referred to as a "Distributee")
     shall have the right to designate a Beneficiary or Beneficiaries to
     receive his/her interest in the Trust Fund in the event of his/her
     death before receipt of his/her entire interest in the Trust Fund.
     This designation is to be made on the form prescribed by and delivered
     to the Committee. In the case of a Participant who is married as of
     the date of his/her death, such Participant's Beneficiary shall be
     his/her surviving spouse, unless such Participant has designated
     another Beneficiary with the written consent of such spouse. Any such
     consent must acknowledge the effect of such designation on the rights
     of such spouse and must be witnessed by a Plan Representative or a
     notary public unless it is established to the satisfaction of a Plan
     Representative that such consent may not be obtained because there is
     no spouse, because the spouse cannot be located, or such other
     circumstances as may be prescribed in regulations under Code Section
     417. For purposes of this Paragraph (a), "Plan Representative" shall
     mean the person or persons designated by the Committee to perform the
     duties specified herein.

     (b) If a deceased Participant shall have failed to designate a
     Beneficiary, or if the Committee shall be unable to locate a
     designated Beneficiary after reasonable efforts have been made, or if
     for any reason the designation shall be legally ineffective, or if the
     Beneficiary shall have predeceased the Participant, any distribution
     required to be made under the provisions of this Plan shall commence
     within five (5) years after the Participant's death to the
     Participant's estate. However, if the Committee cannot locate a
     qualified representative of the deceased Participant's estate, or if
     administration of the estate is not otherwise required, the Committee
     in its discretion may make the distribution under this subparagraph to
     the deceased Participant's heirs at law, determined in accordance with
     the law of the State of the Participant's domicile in effect as of the
     date of the Participant's death.

     (c) The Committee shall prescribe such procedures, either in writing
     or in practice, as it deems appropriate to implement the provisions of
     this Section 8.2.

8.3  DISTRIBUTION RULES.

     Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Article VIII of the Plan
regarding distributions of Participant's Accounts, the following additional
rules shall apply to all such distributions, effective January 1, 1987.

     (a) In no event shall any benefits under this Plan, including benefits
     upon retirement, termination of employment, or disability, be paid (or
     commence to be paid) to a Participant prior to the "Consent Date" (as
     defined herein) unless the Participant consents in writing (or on some
     electronically recorded device susceptible to written reproduction) to
     the payment (or commencement of payment) of such benefits prior to
     said Consent Date. As used herein, the term "Consent Date" shall mean
     the later of (1) the Participant's 62nd birthday, or (2) the
     Participant's Normal Retirement Age. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
     the provisions of this paragraph shall not apply (1) following the
     Participant's death, or (2) with respect to a lump sum distribution of
     the vested portion of a Participant's Account if the total amount of
     such vested portion does not exceed $3,500.

     (b) Unless a Participant elects otherwise pursuant to Paragraph (a)
     above, distributions of the vested portion of a Participant's Accounts
     shall commence no later than the 60th day after the close of the Plan
     Year in which the latest of the following events occurs: (1) the
     Participant's Normal Retirement Age; (2) the tenth anniversary of the
     year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan; or
     (3) the termination of the Participant's employment with the Company.

     (c) Notwithstanding Paragraph (a) or (b) above, distributions of the
     entire vested portion of a Participant's Accounts shall be made no
     later than the Participant's Required Beginning Date, or, if such
     distribution is to be made over the life of such Participant or over
     the lives of such Participant and a Beneficiary (or over a period not
     extending beyond the life expectancy of such Participant and
     Beneficiary) then such distribution shall commence no later than the
     Participant's Required Beginning Date. Required Beginning Date shall
     mean:

          (1) For the period prior to January 1, 1989, April 1 of the
          calendar year following the later of the calendar year in which
          the Participant (i) attains age 70-1/2, or (ii) retires;
          provided, however the foregoing clause (ii) shall not apply with
          respect to a Participant who is a Five Percent Owner (as defined
          in Section 416(i) of the Code) at any time during the five Plan
          Year period ending in the calendar year in which the Participant
          attains age 70-1/2. If the Participant becomes a Five Percent
          Owner during any Plan Year subsequent to the five Plan Year
          period referenced above, the Required Beginning Date under this
          Subparagraph (1) shall be April 1 of the calendar year following
          the calendar year in which such subsequent Plan Year ends.

          (2) For the period after December 31, 1988, April 1 of the
          calendar year following the calendar year in which the
          Participant attains age 70-1/2; provided, however, if the
          Participant attains age 70-1/2 before January 1, 1988, and the
          Participant was not a Five Percent Owner (as defined in Section
          416(i) of the Code) at any time during the Plan Year ending with
          or within the calendar year in which such Participant attains age
          66-1/2 or any subsequent Plan Year, then this Subparagraph (2)
          shall not apply and the Required Beginning Date shall be
          determined under Subparagraph (1) above.

     (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, if a
     Participant dies before distribution of his/her vested benefit has
     begun in accordance with Paragraph (c) above, the Participant's vested
     benefit shall be distributed to his Beneficiary within five years from
     the date of the Participant's death except that any portion of the
     Account balance meeting the following requirements shall not be
     subject to this rule:

          (1) A Beneficiary has been designated to receive the
          Participant's Account balance and such designation is effective
          at the Participant's death;

          (2) The Account balance is paid to the Beneficiary over the
          Beneficiary's life or over a period not to exceed the
          Beneficiary's life; and

          (3) The payments to the Beneficiary commence within one year of
          the Participant's death, or, if the Beneficiary is the spouse,
          before the time the deceased Participant would have attained age
          70-1/2.

     (e) All distributions under this Plan shall be made in accordance with
     the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirements of Code
     Section 401(a)(9)(G) and in accordance with all regulations issued
     under Code Section 401(a)(9).

     (f) If a distribution is to be made over the life of a Participant or
     the joint lives of a Participant and his or her spouse, the life
     expectancy of the Participant and/or the life expectancy of the spouse
     (if a distribution is to be made over the joint lives of the
     Participant and his or her spouse) shall not be recalculated annually
     unless the Participant elects recalculation prior to his or her
     Required Beginning Date as determined under paragraph (c) above. If a
     Participant dies before the distribution of his or her vested benefit
     has begun in accordance with paragraph (c) above and the distribution
     of the Participant's vested benefit is to be made to the Participant's
     spouse over the life of such spouse, the life expectancy of the spouse
     shall not be recalculated unless such spouse elects otherwise prior to
     the date the deceased Participant would have attained age 70-1/2.

     (g) If it is not administratively practical to calculate and commence
     payments by the latest date specified in the rules of Paragraphs (b),
     (c) and (d) above because the amount of the Participant's benefit
     cannot be calculated, or because the Committee is unable to locate the
     Participant (or eligible Beneficiary) after making reasonable efforts
     to do so, the payment shall be made as soon as is administratively
     possible (but not more than 60 days) after the Participant (or
     Beneficiary) can be located and the amount of the distributable
     benefit can be ascertained.

8.4  FORFEITURES.

     (a) In the event that a distribution of Company Contributions is made
     to a Participant due to a termination of employment when he/she is not
     fully vested in such amounts, the non-vested portion of the
     Participant's Account(s) shall be forfeited upon the earlier to occur
     of the following: (i) the date the distribution is considered made,
     determined pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.4, or (ii) the date
     upon which the former Participant incurs five consecutive one-year
     Breaks in Service.

     (b) A Participant who received a distribution described in Paragraph
     (a) above may recontribute the amount of the distribution he/she
     received. Such a repayment must be made before the earlier of (i) the
     end of the first period of five consecutive one-year Breaks in Service
     commencing after the payment of the distribution made pursuant to
     Section 8.4(a) above, or (ii) five years after the first date on which
     the Participant is subsequently reemployed. If the Participant repays
     the amount of the distribution within the prescribed time period, the
     amount of his/her Account balances shall be completely restored.
     Neither the amount recontributed nor the Account balances shall be
     adjusted for gains, losses, or interest in the interim period. A
     Participant who receives a distribution subject to the rules of this
     Section 8.4 and who does not recontribute such amounts shall not be
     entitled to any portion of the non-vested portion of his/her Account
     balances (determined as of the date of the first distribution).

     (c) Forfeitures shall be used as provided in Section 6.3.

8.5  VALUATION OF PLAN BENEFITS.

     For the purpose of any withdrawal or distribution of benefits under
this Article VIII, the value of a Participant's Accounts shall be equal to
the value determined as of the Valuation Date coinciding with the date the
distribution is considered made, determined pursuant to the provisions of
Section 6.4.

8.6  LAPSED BENEFITS.

     (a) In the event that a benefit is payable under this Plan to a
     Participant and after reasonable efforts the Participant and his/her
     Beneficiary cannot be located for the purpose of paying the benefit
     during a period of two (2) consecutive years, the Participant shall be
     presumed dead and the benefit shall be treated as a Forfeiture under
     Section 8.4.

     (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph (a) above, if the
     Participant or his/her Beneficiary shall subsequently present a valid
     claim to the benefit, the Accounts of the Participant shall be
     reinstated (pursuant to Section 6.3(a)) and the benefit shall be
     payable to the Participant or Beneficiary.

8.7  PERSONS UNDER LEGAL DISABILITY.

     (a) If any payee under the Plan is a minor or if the Committee
     reasonably believes that any payee is legally incapable of giving a
     valid receipt and discharge for any payment due him/her, the Committee
     may have the payment, or any part thereof, made to the person (or
     persons or institution) whom it reasonably believes is caring for or
     supporting the payee, unless it has received due notice of claim
     therefore from a duly appointed guardian or committee of the payee.

     (b) Any such payment shall be a payment from the Accounts of the payee
     and shall, to the extent thereof, be a complete discharge of any
     liability under the Plan to the payee.

8.8  ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTS.

     (a) The Committee or the Company may require satisfactory proof of any
     matter under this Plan from or with respect to any Employee,
     Participant, or Beneficiary, and no person shall be entitled to
     receive any benefits under this Plan until the required proof shall be
     furnished.

     (b) The Committee or Trustee, or both, may require the execution and
     delivery of such documents, papers and receipts as the Committee or
     Trustee may determine necessary or appropriate in order to establish
     the fact of death of the deceased Participant and of the right and
     identity of any Beneficiary or other person or persons claiming any
     benefits under this Article VIII.

     (c) The Committee or the Trustee, or both, may, as a condition
     precedent to the payment of death benefits hereunder, require an
     inheritance tax release and/or such security as the Committee or
     Trustee, or both, may deem appropriate as protection against possible
     liability for State or Federal death taxes attributable to any death
     benefits.

8.9  DIRECT TRANSFERS.

     (a) Effective with respect to distributions made before January 1,
     1993, in the case of any Participant or Participants who have
     terminated employment with the Company and all Affiliated Companies,
     as determined under the provisions of Section 8.1(a) hereof, and
     subsequently become employed by an unrelated successor employer, the
     Committee shall, at the request of such Participant or Participants,
     direct the Trustee to transfer the assets in the Accounts of such
     Participant or Participants either (i) directly to the trustee of any
     retirement plan maintained by such successor employer or employers in
     lieu of any distribution described in the preceding provisions of this
     Article VIII but only if (A) the retirement plan maintained by such
     successor employer is determined to the satisfaction of the Committee
     to be qualified under Section 401 of the Code, (B) the sponsor and
     trustee of such plan consent to the transfer, and (C)(i) such transfer
     satisfies the conditions of Section 10.2 hereof, or (ii) directly to
     the custodian or trustee of an individual retirement account under
     Section 408(a) of the Code or an individual retirement annuity under
     Section 408(b) of the Code.

     (b) In the case of any Participant or Participants who are or were
     employed by a unit of the Company or all or part of an Affiliated
     Company which is the subject of a corporate reorganization, sale or
     other transaction under circumstances such that it would not be
     permissible under Section 8.1(a) hereof solely as a result of such
     transaction to make distribution of one or more of the Accounts of
     such Participant or Participants actively employed by the successor
     entity, then the Committee may, at its discretion, direct the Trustee
     to transfer the assets in the Accounts of such Participant or any or
     all such Participants with respect to which no distribution is
     permitted under Section 8.1(a) directly to the trustee of any
     retirement plan maintained by a successor employer, but only if the
     transfer meets the requirements of Paragraph (a) of this Section 8.9.

     (c) Direct Rollover.

          (i) This Section applies to distributions made on or after
          January 1, 1993. Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to
          the contrary that would otherwise limit a distribution election
          under this Section, a distributee may elect, at the time and in
          the manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator, to have any
          portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an
          eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee in a direct
          rollover.

          (ii) Definitions.

               (A) Eligible Rollover Distributions: An eligible rollover
               distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of
               the balance to the credit of the distributee, except that an
               eligible rollover distribution does not include: any
               distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal
               periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made
               for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the
               joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the distributee
               and the distributee's designated beneficiary, or for a
               specified period of ten years or more; any distribution to
               the extent such distribution is required under Code Section
               401(a)(9); and the portion of any distribution that is not
               includable in gross income (determined without regard to the
               exclusion for net realized appreciation with respect to
               employer securities).

               (B) Eligible Retirement Plan: An eligible retirement plan is
               an individual retirement account described in Code Section
               408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code
               Section 408(b), an annuity plan described in Code Section
               403(b), or a qualified trust described in Code Section
               401(a), that accepts the distributee's eligible rollover
               distribution. However, in the case of an eligible rollover
               distribution to the surviving spouse, an eligible retirement
               plan is an individual retirement account or individual
               retirement annuity.

               (C) Distributee: A distributee includes an employee or
               former employee. In addition, the employee's or former
               employee's surviving spouse and the employee's or former
               employee's spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee
               under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, as defined in
               Code Section 414(p), are distributees with regard to
               interest of the spouse or former spouse.

               (D) Direct Rollover: A direct rollover is a payment by the
               Plan to the eligible retirement plan specified by the
               distributee.


<PAGE>


                                 ARTICLE IX

                  OPERATION AND ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

9.1  PLAN ADMINISTRATION.

     (a) Authority to control and manage the operation and administration
     of the Plan shall be vested in the American Stores Company Benefit
     Plans Committee ("Committee").

     (b) The Participants of the Committee shall be appointed by the Board
     of Directors and shall hold office until termination of such status in
     accordance with the provisions of Section 9.7.

     (c) For purposes of ERISA Section 402(a), the Participants of the
     Committee shall be the Named Fiduciaries of this Plan.

     (d) The Secretary of the Committee shall cause to be attached to the
     copy of the Plan maintained in the office of the Committee an accurate
     schedule listing the names of all persons from time to time serving as
     the Named Fiduciaries of the Plan for the purpose of inspection.

     (e) For purposes of ERISA Section 404(c) and the Department of Labor
     Regulations promulgated thereunder, the Chairman of the Committee
     shall be the fiduciary responsible for the provision and distribution
     of all information required by such statutory and regulatory
     requirements.

9.2  COMMITTEE POWERS.

     The Committee shall have all powers necessary to supervise the
administration of the Plan and control its operations. In addition to any
powers of authority conferred on the Committee elsewhere in the Plan or by
law, the Committee shall have, by way of illustration but not by way of
limitation, the following discretionary powers and authority:

     (a) To allocate fiduciary responsibilities (other than "Trustee
     Responsibilities") among the Named Fiduciaries and to designate one or
     more other persons to carry out fiduciary responsibilities (other than
     Trustee Responsibilities). However, no allocation or delegation under
     this Section 9.2(a) shall be effective until the person or persons to
     whom the responsibilities have been allocated or delegated agree to
     assume the responsibilities. The term "Trustee Responsibilities" shall
     have the meaning set forth in Section 405(c) of ERISA.

     (b) To designate representatives to carry out responsibilities
     relating to the Plan, other than fiduciary responsibilities.

     (c) To employ such legal, actuarial, medical, accounting, clerical,
     and other assistance as it may deem appropriate in carrying out the
     provisions of this Plan, including one or more persons to render
     advice with regard to any responsibility any Named Fiduciary or any
     other fiduciary may have under the Plan.

     (d) To establish rules and procedures from time to time for the
     conduct of the Committee's business and the administration and
     effectuation of this Plan.

     (e) To administer, interpret, construe and apply this Plan. To decide
     all questions which may arise or which may be raised under this Plan
     by any Employee, Participant, former Participant, Beneficiary or other
     person whatsoever, including but not limited to all questions relating
     to eligibility to participate in the Plan, the amount of service of
     any Participant, and the amount of benefits to which any Participant
     or his/her Beneficiary may be entitled.

     (f) To determine the manner in which the assets of this Plan, or any
     part thereof, shall be disbursed.

     (g) To direct the Trustee, in writing, from time to time, to invest
     and reinvest the Trust Fund, or any part thereof, or to purchase,
     exchange, or lease any property, real or personal, which the Committee
     may designate. This shall include the right to direct the investment
     of all or any part of the Trust in any one security or any one type of
     securities permitted hereunder. Among the securities which the
     Committee may direct the Trustee to purchase are "Employer Securities"
     as defined in Code Section 409(1).

     (h) To perform or cause to be performed such further acts as it may
     deem to be necessary, appropriate or convenient in the efficient
     administration of the Plan.

     Any action taken in good faith by the Committee in the exercise of
discretionary authority conferred upon it by this Plan shall be conclusive
and binding upon the Participants and their Beneficiaries. All
discretionary powers conferred upon the Committee shall be absolute.
However, all discretionary powers shall be exercised in a uniform and
nondiscriminatory manner. This Section 9.2 shall be effective on or after
January 1, 1987.

9.3  INVESTMENT MANAGER.

     (a) Notwithstanding anything in this Article IX to the contrary, the
     Committee, by action reflected in the minutes thereof, may appoint one
     or more Investment Managers, as defined in Section 3(38) of ERISA, to
     manage all or a portion of the assets of the Plan.

     (b) An Investment Manager shall discharge its duties in accordance
     with applicable law and in particular in accordance with Section
     404(a)(1) of ERISA.

     (c) An Investment Manager, when appointed, shall have full power to
     manage the assets of the Plan for which it has responsibility, and
     neither the Company nor the Committee shall thereafter have any
     responsibility for the management of those assets, except as otherwise
     provided by law.

     (d) As shall be provided in any contract between an Investment Manager
     and the Committee, such Investment Manager shall hold a revocable
     proxy with respect to all securities which are held under the
     management of such Investment Manager pursuant to such contract except
     for Company Stock, and such Investment Manager shall report the voting
     of all securities subject to such proxy on an annual basis to the
     Committee.

9.4  FUNDING POLICY.

     (a) At periodic intervals, not less frequently than annually, the
     Committee shall review the long-run and short-run financial needs of
     the Plan and shall determine a funding policy for the Plan consistent
     with the objectives of the Plan and the need to have sufficient funds
     and/or shares of Company Stock to pay benefits under the Plan.

     (b) In determining the funding policy the Committee shall take into
     account, at a minimum, not only the long-term investment objectives of
     the Trust Fund consistent with the prudent management of the assets
     thereof, but also the short-run needs of the Plan to pay benefits.

     (c) All actions taken by the Committee with respect to the funding
     policy of the Plan, including the reasons therefore, shall be fully
     reflected in the minutes of the Committee.

9.5  COMMITTEE PROCEDURE.

     (a) A majority of the members of the Committee as constituted at any
     time shall constitute a quorum, and any action by a majority of the
     members present at any meeting, or authorized by a majority of the
     members in writing without a meeting, shall constitute the action of
     the Committee.

     (b) The Committee may designate one or more of its members
     ("Designated Members") as authorized to execute any document or
     documents on behalf of the Committee, in which event the Committee
     shall notify the Trustee of this action and the name or names of the
     Designated Members.

     (c) The Trustee, Company, Participants, Beneficiaries, and any other
     party dealing with the Committee may accept and rely upon any document
     executed by the Designated Members as representing action by the
     Committee until the Committee shall file with the Trustee a written
     revocation of the authorization of the Designated Members.

9.6  COMPENSATION OF COMMITTEE MEMBERS AND PLAN EXPENSES.

     (a) Members of the Committee shall serve without compensation unless
     the Company shall otherwise determine. However, in no event shall any
     member of the Committee who receives full-time pay from the Company
     receive compensation from the Plan for his/her services as a member of
     the Committee.

     (b) All members shall be reimbursed for any necessary or appropriate
     expenditures incurred in the discharge of duties as members of the
     Committee.

     (c) The compensation or fees, as the case may be, of all officers,
     representatives, counsel, the Trustee, or other persons retained or
     employed by the Committee shall be fixed by the Committee, subject to
     approval by the Company.

     (d) The expenses incurred in the establishment and administration of
     the Plan, including but not limited to the expenses incurred by the
     members of the Committee in exercising their duties, shall be paid out
     of the Trust assets, to the extent they are not paid by the Company.

     (e) Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph (d) above, to the
     extent provided by rules prescribed by the Committee, the cost of
     interest, transfer taxes, and normal brokerage charges which are
     included in the cost of securities (or other forms of investments)
     purchased by the Trust Fund (or charged to proceeds in the case of
     sales) shall be charged and allocated in a fair and equitable manner
     to the Accounts of the Participants to which the securities (or other
     forms of investments) are allocated.


<PAGE>


9.7  RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL OF MEMBERS.

     (a) Any member of the Committee may resign at any time by giving
     written notice to the Chairman or Secretary of the Committee,
     effective as therein stated.

     (b) Any member of the Committee may, at any time, be removed by the
     Board of Directors.

     (c) In the case of a Committee member who is also an Employee of the
     Company, his/her status as a Committee member shall terminate as of
     the effective date of the termination of his/her employment, except as
     otherwise provided by the Company.

9.8  APPOINTMENT OF SUCCESSORS.

     (a) Upon the death, resignation, or removal of any Committee member,
     the Board of Directors may appoint a successor.

     (b) Upon termination, for any reason, of a Committee member's status
     as a member of the Committee, the member's status as a Named Fiduciary
     shall concurrently be terminated, and upon the appointment of a
     successor Committee member the successor shall assume the status of a
     Named Fiduciary as provided in Section 9.1.

9.9  RECORDS.

     (a) The Committee shall keep a record of all its proceedings and shall
     keep, or cause to be kept, all such books, accounts, records or other
     data as may be necessary or advisable in its judgment for the
     administration of the Plan and to properly reflect the affairs
     thereof, and to satisfy the requirements of ERISA Section 107.

     (b) However, nothing in this Section 9.9 shall require the Committee
     or any member thereof to perform any act which, pursuant to law or the
     provisions of this Plan, is the responsibility of the Plan
     Administrator (e.g., such as satisfying the reporting and disclosure
     requirements, as provided in Section 9.10), nor shall this Section
     relieve the Plan Administrator from such responsibility.

9.10 REPORTING AND DISCLOSURE.

     The Plan Administrator shall be responsible for the reporting and
     disclosure of information required to be reported or disclosed
     pursuant to ERISA or any other applicable law.

9.11 RELIANCE UPON DOCUMENTS AND OPINIONS.

     (a) The members of the Committee, the Board of Directors, the Company
     and any person delegated under the provisions hereof to carry out any
     fiduciary responsibilities under the Plan ("Delegated Fiduciary"),
     shall be entitled to rely upon any tables, valuations, computations,
     estimates, certificates and reports furnished by any consultant, or
     firm or corporation which employs one or more consultants, upon any
     opinions furnished by legal counsel, and upon any reports furnished by
     the Trustee.

     (b) The members of the Committee, the Board of Directors, the Company
     and any Delegated Fiduciary shall be fully protected and shall not be
     liable in any manner whatsoever for anything done or action taken or
     suffered in reliance upon any such consultant or firm or corporation
     which employs one or more consultants, Trustee, or counsel, except as
     otherwise provided by law.

     (c) Any and all such things done or actions taken or suffered by the
     Committee, the Board of Directors, the Company, and any Delegated
     Fiduciary shall be conclusive and binding on all Employees,
     Participants, Beneficiaries, and any other persons whomsoever, except
     as otherwise provided by law.

     (d) The Committee and any Delegated Fiduciary may, but are not
     required to, rely upon all records of the Company with respect to any
     matter or thing whatsoever, and may likewise treat those records as
     conclusive with respect to all Employees, Participants, Beneficiaries,
     and any other persons whomsoever, except as otherwise provided by law.

9.12 RELIANCE ON COMMITTEE MEMORANDUM.

     Any person dealing with the Committee may rely on and shall be fully
protected in relying on a certificate or memorandum in writing signed by
the Committee Chairman as authorized by the majority of the members of the
Committee, as constituted as of the date of the certificate or memorandum,
as evidence of any action taken or resolution adopted by the Committee.

9.13 MULTIPLE FIDUCIARY CAPACITY.

     Any person or group of persons may serve in more than one fiduciary
capacity with respect to the Plan.


<PAGE>


9.14 LIMITATION ON LIABILITY.

     (a) Except as provided in Part 4 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA, no
     person shall be subject to any liability with respect to his/her
     duties under the Plan unless he/she acts fraudulently or in bad faith.

     (b) No person shall be liable for any breach of fiduciary
     responsibility resulting from the act or omission of any other
     fiduciary or any person to whom fiduciary responsibilities have been
     allocated or delegated, except as provided in Part 4 of Subtitle B of
     Title I of ERISA.

     (c) No action or responsibility shall be deemed to be a fiduciary
     action or responsibility except to the extent required by ERISA.

9.15 INDEMNIFICATION.

     (a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify each
     member of the Board of Directors and the Committee, and any other
     Employee of the Company with duties under the Plan, against expenses
     (including any amount paid in settlement) reasonably incurred by
     him/her in connection with any claims against him/her by reason of
     his/her conduct in the performance of his/her duties under the Plan,
     except in relation to matters as to which he/she acted fraudulently or
     in bad faith in the performance of such duties.

     (b) The preceding right of indemnification shall be in addition to any
     other right to which the Board or Committee member or other person may
     be entitled as a matter of law or otherwise, and shall pass to the
     estate of a deceased Committee member.

     (c) For purposes of satisfying its indemnity obligations under this
     Section, the Company may (but need not) purchase and pay premiums for
     one or more policies of insurance. However, this insurance shall not
     release the Company of its liability under this section.

9.16 BONDING.

     Members of the Committee and all other Employees having
responsibilities under the Plan shall be bonded to the extent required by
Section 412 of ERISA or any other applicable law.


<PAGE>


9.17 VOTING AND OTHER RIGHTS OF COMPANY STOCK.

     (a) With respect to the voting rights of all Company Stock held in
     Participant's Accounts (both vested and non-vested), all such voting
     rights on all matters submitted to shareholders shall be exercised by
     the Trustee as directed by such Participants pursuant to procedures
     established by the Committee. Notwithstanding any other provision
     hereof, the Participants returning directions on Company Stock held in
     their respective Accounts shall be Named Fiduciaries, for purposes of
     ERISA, with respect to such directions on such shares. With respect to
     the voting rights of Company Stock on which Participants fail to
     return directions, such voting rights shall be exercised by the
     Trustee by voting such shares on any given issue in the same
     proportion as are the voted shares of Company Stock with respect to
     which Participants do affirmatively provide directions.

     (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph (a) above, in the
     event the Company is the subject of a tender offer (as such term is
     used in Section 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) for any or
     all shares of Company Stock held by the Trust, the Committee shall
     pass through to the Participants the right to determine confidentially
     whether shares (both vested and non-vested) held subject to the Plan
     will be tendered pursuant to the offer, in accordance with the
     following rules:

          (i) Solely for the purposes of this Section 9.17(b), each
          Participant shall be deemed a Named Fiduciary (within the meaning
          of Section 402 of ERISA) with respect to Company Stock held in
          his Accounts.

          (ii) During the pendency of the tender offer, this Plan shall
          continue to operate under its respective normal rules except as
          expressly provided in this Section 9.17. Accordingly,
          Participants may, among other things, continue to receive
          withdrawals and distributions, make changes in the investment of
          assets held in their respective Accounts and make changes with
          respect to the investment of prospective contributions as per the
          terms of the Plan.

          (iii) To the extent that the tender offer results in the sale of
          Company Stock in the Trust, the Committee or an Investment
          Manager shall instruct the Trustee as to the investment of the
          proceeds of such sale. The sale proceeds shall not be reinvested
          in Company Stock except as to Accounts of Participants who so
          consent.

          (iv) The Trustee shall distribute at the Company's expense copies
          of all relevant material filed with the Securities and Exchange
          Commission which are distributed to shareholders of the Company
          with such offer or regarding such offer, and shall seek
          confidential written instructions from each Participant as to
          whether the Company Stock credited to his Accounts should be
          tendered pursuant to the tender offer. The identities and
          addresses of Participants and the amount of Company Stock held in
          their respective Accounts shall be delivered to the Trustee based
          on the information provided by the Committee and maintained by
          the Trustee in the normal course as part of its recordkeeping
          duties.

          (v) Each Participant may choose to instruct the Trustee directly
          in one of the following three ways: (A) to tender a specified
          percentage but less than all of the Company Stock held in his
          Accounts regardless of the elections of other Participants, (B)
          to tender all Company Stock held in his Accounts regardless of
          the elections of other Participants, or (C) not to tender any
          Company Stock held in his Accounts regardless of the elections of
          other Participants. The Trustee shall not tender shares of
          Company Stock for which it has received no directions from a
          Participant.

          (vi) The Trustee shall follow up with additional mailings as
          reasonable under the time constraints then prevailing, to obtain
          instructions from Participants not otherwise responding to such
          request for instructions.

     (c) For purposes of ERISA Section 404(c) and the Department of Labor
     Regulations promulgated thereunder, in connection with any investment
     in Company Stock, the Chairman of the Committee shall be responsible
     for compliance with all required confidentiality procedures associated
     with the exercise of any rights appurtenant to the investment in
     Company Stock and for ensuring the appointment of an independent
     fiduciary in situations where the potential for undue employer
     influence indicates the appropriateness of the appointment of an
     independent fiduciary, it being contemplated that in the ordinary
     course the Trustee shall be such independent fiduciary.

9.18 PROHIBITION AGAINST CERTAIN ACTIONS.

     (a) In administering this Plan, the Committee shall not discriminate
     in favor of any class of Employees and particularly it shall not
     discriminate in favor of highly compensated Employees, or Employees
     who are officers or shareholders of the Company.

     (b) Also, the Committee shall not cause the Plan to engage in any
     transaction that constitutes a non-exempt Prohibited Transaction under
     Section 4975(c) of the Code or Section 406(a) of ERISA.

     (c) The Committee shall not be required to engage in any transaction,
     including without limitation, directing the purchase or sale of
     Company Stock, which it determines, in its sole discretion, might tend
     to subject itself, its members, the Plan, the Company, or any
     Participant to liability under federal or state securities law.

     (d) No member of the Committee who is also a Participant or former
     Participant of this Plan shall vote or decide any matter relating
     solely to that person's rights under this Plan.


<PAGE>


                                 ARTICLE X

                     MERGER OF COMPANY, MERGER OF PLAN

10.1 EFFECT OF REORGANIZATION OR TRANSFER OF ASSETS.

     In the event of a consolidation, merger, sale, liquidation, or other
transfer of the operating assets of the Company to any other company, the
ultimate successor or successors to the business of the Company shall
automatically be deemed to have elected to continue this Plan in full force
and effect, in the same manner as if the Plan had been adopted by
resolution of its board of directors, unless the successor(s), by
resolution of its board of directors, shall elect not to so continue this
Plan in effect, in which case the Plan shall automatically be deemed
terminated as of the applicable effective date set forth in the board
resolution.

10.2 MERGER RESTRICTION.

     Notwithstanding any other provision in this document, this Plan shall
not in whole or in part merge or consolidate with, or transfer its assets
and/or liabilities to any other plan unless each affected Participant in
this Plan would receive a benefit immediately after the merger,
consolidation, or transfer (if the Plan then terminated) which is equal to
or greater than the benefit he/she would have been entitled to receive
immediately before the merger, consolidation, or transfer (if the Plan had
then terminated). Provided the requirements set forth in the preceding
sentence are satisfied, the Committee may direct that the Plan may merge,
consolidate with, or transfer its assets and/or liabilities to another
tax-qualified employee pension benefit plan. Any such transaction shall be
effected in accordance with any and all applicable law.


<PAGE>


                                 ARTICLE XI

                            PLAN TERMINATION AND
                      DISCONTINUANCE OF CONTRIBUTIONS

11.1 PLAN TERMINATION.

     (a) The Company may terminate the Plan and the Trust Agreements at any
     time by an instrument in writing executed in the name of the Company
     by an officer or officers duly authorized to execute such an
     instrument, and delivered to the Trustee.

     (b) Upon and after the effective date of the termination, the Company
     shall not make any further contributions under the Plan and no
     contributions need be made by the Company applicable to the Plan Year
     in which the termination occurs, except as may otherwise be required
     by law.

     (c) The rights of all affected Participants to benefits accrued to the
     date of termination of the Plan, to the extent funded as of the date
     of termination, shall automatically become fully vested as of that
     date.

11.2 DISCONTINUANCE OF CONTRIBUTIONS.

     (a) In the event the Company decides it is impossible or inadvisable
     for business reasons to continue to make Company Contributions under
     the Plan, the Company by resolution of its Board of Directors may
     discontinue contributions to the Plan. Upon and after the effective
     date of this discontinuance, the Company shall not make any further
     Company Contributions under the Plan and no Company Contributions need
     be made by the Company with respect to the Plan Year in which the
     discontinuance occurs, except as may otherwise be required by law.

     (b) The discontinuance of Company Contributions on the part of the
     Company shall not terminate the Plan as to the funds and assets then
     held by the Trustee, or operate to accelerate any payments of
     distributions to or for the benefit of Participants or Beneficiaries,
     and the Trustee shall continue to administer the Trust Fund in
     accordance with the provisions of the Plan until all of the
     obligations under the Plan shall have been discharged and satisfied.

     (c) However, if this discontinuance of Company Contributions shall
     cause the Plan to lose its status as a tax-qualified plan under Code
     Section 401(a), the Plan shall be terminated in accordance with the
     provisions of this Article XI.

     (d) On and after the effective date of a complete discontinuance of
     Company Contributions, the rights of all affected Participants to the
     balance in their Accounts as of that date, shall automatically become
     fully vested.

     (e) The failure of the Company to contribute to the Trust in any year,
     if contributions are not required under the Plan for that year, shall
     not constitute a complete discontinuance of contributions to the Plan.

11.3 RIGHTS OF PARTICIPANTS.

     In the event of the termination of the Plan, for any cause whatsoever,
all assets of the Plan, after payment of expenses, shall be used for the
exclusive benefit of Participants and their Beneficiaries and no part
thereof shall be returned to the company, except as provided in Section 5.6
of this Plan.

11.4 TRUSTEE'S DUTIES ON TERMINATION.

     (a) On or before the effective date of termination of this Plan, the
     Trustee shall proceed as soon as possible to reduce all of the assets
     of the Trust Fund to cash and/or common stock and other securities in
     such proportions as the Committee shall determine (after approval by
     the Internal Revenue Service, if necessary or desirable, with respect
     to any portion of the assets of the Trust Fund held in common stock or
     securities of the Company).

     (b) After first deducting the estimated expenses for liquidation and
     distribution chargeable to the Trust Fund, and after setting aside a
     reasonable reserve for expenses and liabilities (absolute or
     contingent) of the Trust, the Committee shall make the allocations
     required under Article VI, where applicable, with the same effect as
     though the date of completion of liquidation were an Anniversary Date
     of the Plan.

     (c) Following these allocations, the Trustee shall promptly, after
     receipt of appropriate instructions from the Committee, distribute in
     accordance with Article VIII to each former Participant a benefit
     equal to the amount credited to his/her Accounts as of the date of
     completion of the liquidation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the
     value of all of a Participant's Accounts exceeds $3,500, no
     distribution will be made without his/her written consent before
     he/she attains Normal Retirement Age or dies.

     (d) The Trustee and the Committee shall continue to function as such
     for such period of time as may be necessary for the winding up of this
     Plan and for the making of distributions in accordance with the
     provisions of this Plan.

11.5 PARTIAL TERMINATION.

     (a) In the event of a partial termination of the Plan within the
     meaning of Code Section 411(d)(3), the interests of affected
     Participants in the Trust Fund, as of the date of the partial
     termination, shall become fully vested as of that date.

     (b) That portion of the assets of the Plan affected by the partial
     termination shall be used exclusively for the benefit of the affected
     Participants and their Beneficiaries, and no part thereof shall
     otherwise be applied, except as provided in Section 5.6.

     (c) With respect to Plan assets and Participants affected by a partial
     termination, the Committee and the Trustee shall follow the same
     procedures and take the same actions prescribed in this Article XI in
     the case of a total termination of the Plan.


<PAGE>


                                ARTICLE XII

                          APPLICATION FOR BENEFITS

12.1 APPLICATION FOR BENEFITS.

     (a) The Committee may require any person claiming benefits under the
     Plan to submit an application therefor, together with such other
     documents and information as the Committee may require.

     (b) In the case of any person suffering from a disability which
     prevents such claimant from making personal application for benefits,
     the Committee may, in its discretion, permit application to be made by
     another person acting on his/her behalf.

     (c) The Committee, or its representative, shall be permitted to
     consider certain requests or inquiries by or on behalf of a
     Participant (or Beneficiary if applicable) as a claim for benefits. If
     the Committee considers such a request or inquiry, such Participant
     (or Beneficiary if applicable) shall be notified by the Committee or
     its representative that such request or inquiry is considered a claim
     for benefits.

12.2 ACTION ON APPLICATION.

     (a) Within ninety (90) days following receipt of an application
     described in Section 12.1 and all necessary documents and information,
     the Committee's authorized representative reviewing such claim shall
     furnish the claimant with written notice of the decision rendered with
     respect to such application.

     (b) Should special circumstances require an extension of time for
     processing the claim, written notice of the extension shall be
     furnished to the claimant prior to the expiration of the initial
     ninety (90) day period. The notice shall indicate the special
     circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which a
     final decision is expected to be rendered. In no event shall the
     period of the extension exceed ninety (90) days from the end of the
     initial ninety (90) day period.

     (c) In the case of a denial of the claimant's application, such
     written notice shall set forth:

          (i) The specific reasons for the denial;

          (ii) References to the Plan provisions upon which the denial is
          based;

          (iii) A description of any additional information or material
          necessary for perfection of the application (together with an
          explanation why such material or information is necessary); and

          (iv) An explanation of the Plan's claim review procedure.

     (d) A claimant who wishes to contest the denial of his/her application
     for benefits or to contest the amount of benefits payable shall follow
     the administrative procedures for an appeal of benefits as set forth
     in Section 12.3 below, and shall exhaust such administrative
     procedures prior to seeking any other form of relief.

     (e) The decision on review shall be in writing and shall include
     specific reasons for the decisions, written in a manner calculated to
     be understood by the claimant with specific reference to the pertinent
     Plan provisions upon which the decision is based.

12.3 APPEALS.

     (a) In order to appeal the decision rendered with respect to his/her
     application for benefits or with respect to the amount of his/her
     benefits, the claimant must follow the appeal procedures set forth in
     this Section 12.3.

     (b) The appeal must be made, in writing, within sixty-five (65) days
     after the date of notice of the decision with respect to the
     application, or if the application has neither been approved nor
     denied within the applicable period provided in Section 12.2 above,
     then the appeal must be made within sixty-five (65) days after the
     expiration of such period.

     (c) The claimant may request that his/her application be given full
     and fair review by the Committee. The claimant may review all
     pertinent documents and submit issues and comments in writing in
     connection with the appeal.

     (d) The decision of the Committee shall be made promptly, and not
     later than sixty (60) days after the Committee's receipt of a request
     for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time
     for processing, in which case a decision shall be rendered as soon as
     possible, but not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after
     receipt of a request for review.

     (e) The decision on review shall be in writing and shall include
     specific reasons for the decision, written in a manner calculated to
     be understood by the claimant with specific reference to the pertinent
     Plan provisions upon which the decision is based.


<PAGE>


                                ARTICLE XIII

                        LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS

13.1 GENERAL RULE.

     (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Plan,
     the total Annual Additions under this Plan to a Participant's Accounts
     for any Plan Year shall not exceed the lesser of:

          (i) Thirty Thousand Dollars ($30,000) (or if greater, one-fourth
          of the dollar limit in effect under Section 415(b)(1)(A) or such
          other amount as may be permitted pursuant to regulations issued
          under Section 415(d)(1) of the Code); or

          (ii) Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Participant's total
          Compensation (determined in accordance with Section 13.1(d)
          below) from the Company and any Affiliated Companies for the
          year.

     (b) For purposes of this Article XIII, a Participant's Compensation
     shall be reduced by the amount of his or her Tax Deferred
     Contributions made pursuant to Article IV.

     (c) For purposes of this Article XIII, the Company has elected a
     "Limitation Year" corresponding to the Plan Year.

     (d) For purposes of this Article XIII, "Compensation" shall mean a
     Participant's earned income, wages, salaries, fees for professional
     service and other amounts received for personal services actually
     rendered in the course of employment with the Company including, but
     not limited to, commissions paid to sales personnel, compensation for
     services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on
     insurance premiums, tips, and bonuses, and excluding the following:

          (i) Company contributions to a plan of deferred compensation to
          the extent contributions are not included in gross income of the
          Employee for the taxable year in which contributed, or on behalf
          of an Employee to a simplified employee pension plan to the
          extent such contributions are deductible under Code Section
          219(b)(7), and any distributions from a plan of deferred
          compensation whether or not includable in the gross income of the
          Employee when distributed;

          (ii) Amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified stock
          option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by an
          Employee becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a
          substantial risk of forfeiture;

          (iii) Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other
          disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option; and

          (iv) Other amounts which receive special tax benefits or
          contributions made by the Company (whether or not under a salary
          reduction agreement) towards the purchase of an annuity contract
          as defined under Code Section 403(b) (whether or not the
          contributions are excludable from the gross income of the
          Employee).

     Compensation for any limitation year is the compensation actually paid
     or includable in gross income during such year. In the case of a
     Participant who is on a Disability Leave of Absence, Compensation
     means the amount of deemed Compensation determined pursuant to Section
     6.3(c)(iii). Notwithstanding the foregoing, for all Plan Years
     beginning on or after January 1, 1989, Compensation for any limitation
     year shall only include so much of any Participant's Compensation as
     does not exceed $200,000 (or such amount as the Secretary of the
     Treasury shall adjust at the same time and in the same manner as under
     Code Section 415(d)).

     (e) For Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 1986, the
     limitations contained in Section 13.1(a)(ii) shall not apply to
     amounts treated as Annual Additions by reason of Section 2.5(d).

13.2 OTHER DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLANS.

     If the Company or an Affiliated Company is contributing to any other
defined contribution plan (as defined in Section 414(i) of the Code) for
its Employees, some or all of whom may be Participants in this Plan, then
each Participant's Annual Additions in the other plan shall be aggregated
with the Participant's Annual Additions under this Plan for the purposes of
applying the limitations of Section 13.1.

13.3 DEFINED BENEFIT PLANS.

     If a Participant of this Plan is or has been a Participant of a
defined benefit plan (as defined in Section 414(j) of the Code) to which
contributions are made by the Company or an Affiliated Company, then in
addition to the limitation contained in Section 13.1 of this Plan, the
"Combined Plan Fraction" shall not exceed 1.0.

     (a) "Combined Plan Fraction" means the sum of the Defined Contribution
     Plan Fraction and the Defined Benefit Plan Fraction.

     (b) "Defined Contribution Plan Fraction" means a fraction determined
     in accordance with the provisions of Code Section 415(e).

     (c) "Defined Benefit Plan Fraction" means a fraction determined in
     accordance with the provisions of Code Section 415(e).

13.4 ADJUSTMENTS FOR EXCESS ANNUAL ADDITIONS.

     In general, the amount of Company Contributions for any Plan Year
under this Plan and any other defined contribution plans (as defined in
Code Section 414(i)) maintained by the Company or an Affiliated Company
will be determined so as to avoid Annual Additions in excess of the
limitations set forth in Sections 13.1 through 13.3. However, if as a
result of an administrative error in calculating those Company
Contributions, the Annual Additions to a Participant's Accounts under this
Plan (after giving effect to the maximum permissible adjustments under the
other plans) would exceed the applicable limitations described in Sections
13.1 through 13.3, the excess amount shall be subject to the following
rules:

     (a) First, if the Participant had made any Taxed Contributions to the
     Plan during the Plan Year (taking into account any after-tax
     contributions to any other defined contribution plan that is
     maintained by the Company or an Affiliated Company which would be
     aggregated with this Plan under Section 13.2) with respect to which no
     Company Match on Contributions are deemed to be allocated under
     Section 6.3(b), these contributions shall be returned to the
     Participant to the extent of any excess Annual Additions;

     (b) Next, if the Participant had made any Taxed Contributions (taking
     into account any after-tax contributions to any other defined
     contribution plan that is maintained by the Company or an Affiliated
     Company which would be aggregated with this Plan under Section 13.2)
     with respect to which Company Match on Contributions are deemed to be
     allocated for such Plan Year, the portion of such Taxed Contributions
     plus the Company Match on Contributions deemed allocated thereto which
     constitute excess Annual Additions shall be treated as follows:

          (i) Such Taxed Contributions shall be returned to the
          Participant; and

          (ii) Such Company Match On Contributions shall be allocated as
          provided in Paragraph (f).

     (c) Next, if the Participant made any Tax Deferred Contributions to
     the Plan during the Plan Year with respect to which no Company Match
     On Contributions are deemed to be allocated for such Plan Year, the
     portion of such Tax Deferred Contributions which constitutes excess
     Annual Additions shall be applied to reduce future Company
     Contributions. However, the Company shall be obligated to compensate
     the Participant promptly in the amount of the annual additions to
     reduce future Company Contributions, the Plan may refund such excess
     Annual Additions to the applicable participants with any earnings
     thereon.

     (d) Next, if the Participant made any Tax Deferred Contributions to
     the Plan during the Plan Year with respect to which Company Match On
     Contributions are deemed to be allocated for such Plan Year, the
     portion of such Tax Deferred Contributions plus the Company Match On
     Contributions deemed allocated thereto which constitute excess Annual
     Additions shall be treated as follows:

          (i) Such Tax Deferred Contributions shall be governed under the
          rules of Paragraph (c); and

          (ii) Such Company Match On Contributions shall be allocated as
          provided in Paragraph (f).

     (e) For purposes of the application of the ordering rules of this
     Section 13.4 only, Company Match On Contributions under Section 6.3(b)
     for any Plan Year shall be deemed allocated first to the Sharing
     Contributions of Participants which constitute Tax Deferred
     Contributions, then, to the extent such Tax Deferred Contributions
     constitute less than 6% of such Participant's Compensation, to the
     remaining portion, if any, of such Participant's Sharing Contributions
     which constitute Taxed Contributions.

     (f) Finally, if excess Annual Additions remain, Company Contributions
     which give rise to the excess Annual Additions under this Plan (other
     than Tax Deferred Contributions) shall be reallocated, to the extent
     possible, to the Accounts of the Participants who do not have excess
     Annual Additions in accordance with the allocation formula applicable
     to Company Contributions provided under Section 6.3. After each
     Participant's Accounts have been credited with a sum equaling his/her
     maximum Annual Addition (determined under the foregoing provisions of
     Section 13.1 through 13.3), the residue of the foregoing excess
     amount, if any, shall be held in a Suspense Account.

     (g) Any amounts held in the Suspense Account described in Paragraph
     (f) shall be allocated to the Accounts of Participants as of the next
     succeeding Anniversary Date in accordance with the allocation formula
     provided in Section 6.3 on a first-in, first-out basis. The value of
     the Company Stock for purposes of this allocation shall be determined
     by applying the rules of Section 5.5 on the date of the allocation.
     The Suspense Account shall be exhausted before any Company
     Contributions shall be allocated to the Accounts of Participants
     subsequent to the date upon which the residue excess described in
     Section 13.4(f) is credited to the Suspense Account.

     (h) The Trustee shall segregate any amounts held in the Suspense
     Account from other assets of the Plan and may place the cash portions
     thereof in an interest-bearing account in any bank or savings and loan
     institution, including the Trustee's own banking department (if
     applicable). Any amounts held in the Suspense Account shall not
     participate in any allocation of forfeitures, or net income or loss of
     other assets of the Trust Fund under Article VI.

     (i) In the event the Plan shall terminate at a time when all amounts
     in the Suspense Account have not been allocated to the Accounts of the
     Participants, the Suspense Account amounts shall be applied as
     follows:

          (i) The amount in the Suspense Account shall first be allocated,
          as of the Plan termination date, to Participants on the same
          basis as specified in Section 13.4(g) above, with the allocation
          to be made to the maximum extent permissible under the Annual
          Additions limitations of this Article XIII, and

          (ii) If after those allocations have been made, any further
          residue funds remain in the Suspense Account, the residue shall
          revert to the Company in accordance with the applicable
          provisions of the Code.

     (j) The amended provisions of Paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e)
     shall be effective as of the Effective Date.

13.5 AFFILIATED COMPANY.

     For purposes of this Article XIII, the status of an entity as an
Affiliated Company shall be determined by reference to the percentage tests
set forth in Code Section 415(h).

13.6 EFFECTIVE DATE.

     Notwithstanding the general Effective Date of this Plan, the
provisions of this Article XIII shall be effective January 1, 1987, except
as otherwise indicated.


<PAGE>


                                ARTICLE XIV

                         RESTRICTION ON ALIENATION

14.1 GENERAL RESTRICTIONS AGAINST ALIENATION.

     (a) The interest of any Participant or Beneficiary in the income,
     benefits, payments, claims or rights hereunder, or in the Trust Fund
     shall not in any event be subject to sale, assignment, hypothecation,
     or transfer. Each Participant and Beneficiary is prohibited from
     anticipating, encumbering, assigning, or in any way alienating his/her
     interest under the Trust Fund, and is without power to do so, except
     as may otherwise be provided for in this Article XIV. The interest of
     any Participant or Beneficiary shall not be liable or subject to
     his/her debts, liabilities, or obligations, now contracted, or which
     may be subsequently contracted.

     (b) In the event any person attempts to take any action contrary to
     this Article XIV, that action shall be void and the Company, the
     Committee, the Trustees and all Participants and their Beneficiaries,
     may disregard that action and are not in any manner bound thereby, and
     they, and each of them separately, shall suffer no liability for any
     disregard of that action, and shall be reimbursed on demand out of the
     Trust Fund for the amount of any loss, cost or expense incurred as a
     result of disregarding or of acting in disregard of that action.

     (c) The preceding provisions of this Section 14.1 shall be interpreted
     and applied by the Committee in accordance with the requirements of
     Code Section 401(a)(13) and ERISA Section 206(d) as construed and
     interpreted by authoritative judicial and administrative rulings and
     regulations.

14.2 QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS.

     The rules set forth in Section 14.1 above shall not apply with respect
to a "Qualified Domestic Relations Order" described below.

     (a) A "Qualified Domestic Relation Order" is a judgment, decree, or
     order (including approval of a property settlement agreement) that --

          (i) Creates or recognizes the existence of an Alternate Payee's
          right to, or assigns to an Alternate Payee the right to, receive
          all or a portion of the benefits payable with respect to a
          Participant,

          (ii) Relates to the provisions of child support, alimony
          payments, or marital property rights to a spouse, child or other
          dependent of a Participant,

          (iii) Is made pursuant to a State domestic relations law
          (including a community property law), and

          (iv) Clearly specifies:

               (A) The name and last known mailing address (if any) of the
               Participant and the name and mailing address of each
               Alternate Payee covered by the order;

               (B) The amount or percentage of Participant's benefits to be
               paid to each Alternate Payee, or the manner in which the
               amount or percentage is to be determined,

               (C) The number of payments or period to which the order
               applies, and

               (D) Each plan to which the order applies.

     For purposes of this Section 14.2, the term "Alternate Payee" means
     any spouse, former spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant
     who is recognized by a domestic relations order as having a right to
     receive all, or a portion of, the benefits payable with respect to the
     Participant. Both the Participant and an Alternate Payee may designate
     a representative for the receipt of copies of notices with respect to
     an order.

     (b) A domestic relations order is not a Qualified Domestic Relations
     Order if it requires -- (i) The Plan to provide any type or form of
     benefit, or any option, not otherwise provided under the Plan,

          (ii) The Plan to provide increased benefits, (determined on the
          basis of actuarial value), or

          (iii) The payment of benefits to an Alternate Payee that are
          required to be paid to another Alternate Payee under a previous
          Qualified Domestic Relations Order.

     (c) A domestic relations order shall not be considered to fail to
     satisfy the requirements of Paragraph (b)(i) above with respect to any
     payment made before a Participant has separated from service solely
     because the order requires that payment of benefits be made to an
     Alternate Payee --

          (i) On or after the date on which the Plan Administrator notifies
          the Participant and each Alternate Payee that the order is a
          Qualified Domestic Relations Order,

          (ii) As if the Participant had retired on the date on which such
          payment is to begin under the order (based on the value of the
          Participant's Account balances at that time), or

          (iii) In any form in which the benefits may be paid under the
          Plan to the Participant (other than in the form of a joint and
          survivor annuity with respect to the Alternate Payee and his or
          her subsequent spouse).

     (d) In the case of any domestic relations order received by the Plan--

          (i) The Committee or its delegate shall promptly notify the
          Participant and any Alternate Payee of the receipt of the order
          and the Plan's procedures as set forth in this Section 14.2 for
          determining the qualified status of domestic relations orders,
          and

          (ii) Within a reasonable period after the receipt of the order,
          the Committee or its delegate shall determine whether the order
          is a Qualified Domestic Relations Order and shall notify the
          Participant and each Alternate Payee and any designated
          representative of the determination. The Committee or its
          delegate may refer such determination to counsel for the Plan for
          an opinion on such issue. The Committee or its delegate shall
          notify the Participant, each Alternate Payee and any designated
          representatives of the determination on the qualified status of
          the order, and include with such notification a copy of any legal
          opinion rendered on the question. If the order is determined to
          be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, the terms and directions
          as to payment and entitlement contained in the order will be
          promptly communicated to each payee and any designated
          representative.

     (e) To the extent provided in any Qualified Domestic Relations Order,
     the former spouse of the Participant shall be treated as a surviving
     spouse of the Participant for purposes of applying the rules of
     Article XVII (relating to minimum survivor annuity requirements) and
     any current spouse of the Participant shall not be treated as a spouse
     of the Participant for such purposes.

     (f) The Committee or its delegate shall, in determining the qualified
     status of domestic relations orders and administering distributions
     under Qualified Domestic Relations orders observe the following:

          (i) During any period in which the issue of whether a domestic
          relations order is a Qualified Domestic Relations order is being
          determined (by the Committee or its delegate, by a court of
          competent jurisdiction, or otherwise), the Committee shall
          segregate in a separate account in the Plan (or in an escrow
          account) the amounts which would have been payable to the
          Alternate Payee during the period if the order had been
          determined to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order.

          (ii) If within the "Eighteen Month Period" (as defined below) the
          order (or modification thereof) is determined to be a Qualified
          Domestic Relations Order, the Committee or its delegate shall pay
          the segregated amounts (adjusted for investment experience) to
          the person or persons entitled thereto.

          (iii) If within the "Eighteen Month Period" --

               (A) It is determined that the order is not a Qualified
               Domestic Relations Order, or

               (B) The issue as to whether Qualified Domestic Relations
               Order is not resolved,

          then the Plan Administrator shall pay the segregated amounts
          (adjusted for investment experience) to the person or persons who
          would have been entitled to the amounts if there had been no
          order, including restoration of such amounts to the Account(s) of
          the Participant (assuming such benefits were otherwise payable).
          If the order is determined not to be a Qualified Domestic
          Relations Order within the 18-month period, the Committee or its
          delegate may delay payment until the expiration of the 18-month
          period if the Committee or its delegate receives notice that the
          parties are attempting to rectify any deficiencies in the order.

          (iv) Any determination that an order is a Qualified Domestic
          Relations Order that is made after the close of the Eighteen
          Month Period shall be applied prospectively only. For the
          purposes of this Paragraph (f), the "Eighteen Month Period" shall
          mean the eighteen month period beginning on the date on which the
          first payment would be required to be made under the domestic
          relations order.

     (g) Unless directed otherwise by a court order, upon receipt of an
     order, a subpoena or similar court order requesting information
     regarding a Participant's benefits under the Plan (but which does not
     purport actually to order or direct payment) in connection with a
     domestic relations proceeding involving the Participant, the Committee
     shall restrain 50% (or such other amount, if any, specified in the
     order) of the Participant's account balance under the Plan to prevent
     loans, withdrawals or distributions. Such restraint shall remain in
     place until the earliest of the following:

          (i) A division of the account is made pursuant to an order
          entered in the proceeding which is determined to be a Qualified
          Domestic Relations Order;

          (ii) Receipt by the Committee of an order entered in the
          proceeding purporting to divide the marital or community estate
          and making no assignment of an interest in the Plan to an
          alternate payee;

          (iii) Receipt by the Committee of a written waiver of the
          restraint by the party (e.g., Participant's spouse) to the
          domestic relations proceeding who is adverse to the Participant;
          or

          (iv) The lapse of 18 months following imposition of the
          restraint; provided that the Committee is not aware of efforts to
          enter an order which would assign the Participant's benefits
          under the Plan.

14.3 AUTHORIZED PARTICIPANT LOANS.

     The Committee may authorize loans from the Trust Fund to Participants
at such times and upon such conditions as determined pursuant to procedures
developed by the Committee in writing. These procedures shall be designed
to ensure that the loans satisfy the requirements of Code Sections
4975(d)(1) and 72(p), and the provisions of any other statutes that are, or
may become applicable. These procedures shall provide that:

     (a) The loans shall be available to all Participants who are Eligible
     Employees of the Company and who have attained at least age eighteen
     (18) and such other individuals as determined by the Committee
     consistent with or as required by applicable law, on a reasonably
     equivalent basis; provided that the Committee may, in its discretion,
     establish a minimum loan amount, applicable to all Participants
     uniformly, not to exceed $1,000.

     (b) The loans are not made available to Participants who are officers
     or shareholders of the Company or who are highly compensated Employees
     in amounts greater than the amounts made available to other
     Participants.

     (c) The rate of interest charged for a loan approved in a particular
     month shall be:

          (i) The quoted rate of one-year U.S. Treasury Securities for any
          loan with a one-year repayment period;

          (ii) The quoted rate for five-year U.S. Treasury Securities for
          any loan with a two to five year repayment period; and

          (iii) The quoted rate for ten-year U.S. Treasury Securities for
          any loan with a six to ten year repayment period.

     The quoted rate to be applied for any particular month shall be the
     rate for the applicable U.S. Treasury Securities as of the last
     business day of the preceding month, rounded to the nearest 1/4%.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee shall establish any other
     interest rate it deems appropriate at any time or from time to time in
     order to comply with applicable statutes or regulations.

     (d) The security for the loan shall be the balance in the
     Participant's Accounts. Notwithstanding the foregoing, not more than
     one-half of the vested amount of a Participant's Accounts may be used
     as security for any loan made hereunder.

     (e) The amount of the loan, including principal and interest, shall be
     amortized in equal monthly installments over a period not exceeding
     five (5) years. The preceding sentence shall not apply to any loan
     used to acquire any dwelling unit which within a reasonable time is to
     be used (determined at the time the loan is made) as a principal
     residence of the Participant. Any such loan shall be repaid in monthly
     installments over a period not exceeding 10 years. Payments for all
     loans shall be made by means of payroll deductions during the time in
     which the Participant is employed by the Company.

     (f) The Participant who receives the loan must pay the administrative
     costs associated with the origination, servicing, and other incidental
     expenses associated with the loan not so paid by the Company or the
     Trust.

     (g) The funding of the loan shall be disbursed from the Accounts
     enumerated in Section 14.3(g)(iii) hereof in the order set forth
     therein with no amount to be disbursed from an Account until all
     amounts in the next previously enumerated Account have been disbursed.
     The amount of any loan to a Participant, when added to the outstanding
     balance of any of his or her previous loans from the Plan, and, when
     added to the outstanding balances of any loans from any other plans
     maintained by the Company or any Affiliated Companies, shall not
     exceed the lesser of:

          (i) Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000), reduced by the excess (if
          any) of:

               (A) the highest outstanding balance of loans from the Plan
               during the one-year period ending on the day before the date
               on which such loan is made, over

               (B) the outstanding balance of loans from the Plan on the
               date on which such loan is made;

          (ii) One-half (1/2) of the Participant's vested interest in his
          or her Accounts; or

          (iii) The sum of the balances of a Participant's Taxed
          Contributions Account, Prior Plans Account, Company Match On
          Contributions Account, Company Contribution on Pay (Fully Vested)
          Account, Rollover Account, and Tax Deferred Contributions
          Account.

     (h) If, for any reason, repayment of any loan granted to a Participant
     pursuant to this Section 14.3 can no longer be made by means of
     payroll deduction, including but not limited to separation from
     service, and such Participant does not, immediately upon the request
     of Plan administrators, submit payment for the outstanding balance of
     such loan, such loan shall be considered in default with the
     outstanding balance of such loan immediately due and payable. The Plan
     Administrator may, however, upon the occurrence of a Leave of Absence
     by a Participant or a separation from service whereby the Internal
     Revenue Service's "same desk rule" applies to the Participant, permit
     such Participant to continue voluntarily to make regularly scheduled
     loan payments other than by payroll deduction. If such a Participant
     does not make all such payments as scheduled, the loan shall be
     considered in default, with the outstanding balance of the loan
     immediately due and payable. Upon such default, the Participant's
     interest in his or her Accounts, as security for such loan, shall be
     reduced by the amount of such outstanding balance and such reduction
     shall be treated as a distribution under this Plan. Notwithstanding
     the foregoing, any amounts in the Participant's Tax Deferred
     Contributions Account shall not be reduced in satisfaction of the
     outstanding loan balance unless or until such Participant has
     separated from service or unless such Participant qualifies for a
     Hardship distribution pursuant to Section 8.1(b).

     (i) A loan shall be considered made on the date specified in Section
     6.4(e)(iii) hereof.

     (j) If a Participant's Accounts are subject to the Provisions of
     Article XVII of this Plan, the spousal consent provisions of Section
     17.7 must be met before a loan may be made to the Participant.

     (k) At no time shall a Participant be permitted to have more than two
     (2) loans outstanding with respect to his Accounts under this Plan.

     (l) Notwithstanding the general Effective Date of this Plan, the
     provisions of this Section 14.3 shall be effective January 1, 1987,
     except that paragraphs (a), (c) and (d) shall be effective for any
     loans made or renegotiated after October 18, 1989.

14.4 GROUP INSURANCE PAYMENTS THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 1992.

     (a) Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary (including
     the provisions of Section 14.1 above), upon receipt of written
     authorization from a Participant or Beneficiary, as applicable, who
     continues to participate in the Company's group insurance plan for
     retirees, the Committee may make periodic distributions from the
     individual's Account to the Company through the period ending December
     31, 1992, in payment of the individual's cost of participation in such
     plan.

     (b) The Committee shall prescribe such rules and procedures as it
     deems necessary or appropriate for purposes of implementing the
     provisions of this Section 14.4; provided, however, that no
     distributions shall be made to the Company pursuant to paragraph (a)
     after December 31, 1992.


<PAGE>


                                 ARTICLE XV

                          SPECIAL TOP-HEAVY RULES

15.1 APPLICABILITY.

     (a) Notwithstanding any provision in this Plan to the contrary, the
     provisions of this Article XV shall apply in the case of any Plan Year
     in which the Plan is determined to be a Top-Heavy Plan under the rules
     of Section 15.3.

     (b) Except as is expressly provided to the contrary, the rules of this
     Article XV, shall be applied after the application of the Affiliated
     Company rules of Section 2.3.

15.2 DEFINITIONS.

     (a) For purposes of this Article XV, the term "Key Employee" shall
     mean any Employee who, at any time during the Plan Year or any of the
     four (4) preceding Plan Years, is or was --

          (i) An officer of the Company having an annual compensation from
          the Company greater than one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the
          amount in effect under Section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code for the
          applicable Plan Year. However, no more than fifty (50) Employees
          (or, if lesser, the greater of three (3) or ten percent (10%) of
          the Employees) shall be treated as officers;

          (ii) One of the ten (10) employees having annual compensation
          from the company of more than the limitation in effect under Code
          Section 415(c)(1)(A) and owning (or considered as owning within
          the meaning of Code Section 318) the largest interests in the
          Company. For this purpose, if two (2) Employees have the same
          interest in the Company, the employees having greater annual
          compensation from the Company shall be treated as having a larger
          interest;

          (iii) A Five Percent Owner of the Company; or

          (iv) A One Percent Owner of the Company having an annual
          compensation from the Company of more than one hundred fifty
          thousand dollars ($150,000.00).

     (b) For purposes of this Section 15.2, the term "Five Percent Owner"
     means any person who owns (or is considered as owning within the
     meaning of Code Section 318) more than five percent (5%) of the
     outstanding stock of the Company or stock possessing more than five
     percent (5%) of the total combined voting power of all stock of the
     Company. The rules of Subsections (b), (c), and (m) of Code Section
     414 shall not apply for purposes of applying these ownership rules.

     (c) For purposes of this Section 15.2, the term "One Percent Owner"
     means any person who would be described in Paragraph (b) if "one
     percent (1%)" were substituted for "five percent (5%)" each place
     where it appears therein.

     (d) For purposes of this Section 15.2, the rules of Code Section
     318(a)(2)(C) shall be applied by substituting "five percent (5%)" for
     "fifty percent (50%)."

     (e) For purposes of this Article XV, the term "Non-Key Employee" shall
     mean any Employee who is not a Key Employee.

     (f) For purposes of this Article XV, the terms "Key Employee" and
     "Non-Key Employee" include their Beneficiaries.

15.3 TOP-HEAVY STATUS.

     (a) The term "Top-Heavy Plan" means, with respect to any Plan Year --

          (i) Any defined benefit plan if, as of the Determination Date,
          the present value of the cumulative accrued benefits under the
          Plan for Key Employees exceeds sixty percent (60%) of the present
          value of the cumulative accrued benefits under the plan for all
          Employees, and

          (ii) Any defined contribution plan, if, as of the Determination
          Date, the aggregate of the account balances of Key Employees
          under the Plan exceeds sixty percent (60%) of the present value
          of the aggregate of the account balance of all Employees under
          the plan.

     For purposes of this Paragraph (a), the term "Determination Date"
     means, with respect to any plan year, the last day of the preceding
     plan year. In the case of the first plan year of any plan, the term
     "Determination Date" shall mean the last day of that plan year.

     (b) Each plan maintained by the Company required to be included in the
     Aggregation Group shall be treated as a Top-Heavy Plan if the
     Aggregation Group is a Top-Heavy Group.

          (i) The term "Aggregation Group" means --

               (A) Each Plan of the Company in which a Key Employee is a
               Participant, and

               (B) Each other plan of the Company which enables any plan
               described in Subdivision (A) to meet the requirements of
               Code Sections 401(a)(4) or 410.

     Also, any plan not required to be included in an Aggregation Group
     under the preceding rules may be treated as being part of such a group
     if the group would continue to meet the requirements of Code Sections
     401(a)(4) and 410 with the plan being taken into account.

          (ii) For purposes of determining --

               (A) The present value of the cumulative accrued benefit of
               any Employee, or

               (B) The amount of the account balance of any Employee, such
               present value or amount shall be increased by the aggregate
               distributions made with respect to the Employee under the
               plan during the five (5) year period ending on the
               Determination Date. The preceding shall also apply to
               distributions under a terminated plan which, if it had not
               been terminated, would have required to be included in any
               Aggregation Group. Also, any rollover contribution or
               similar transfer initiated by the Employee and made after
               December 31, 1983 to a plan shall not be taken into account
               with respect to the transferee plan for purposes of
               determining whether such plan is a Top-Heavy Plan (or
               whether any Aggregation Group which includes such plan is a
               Top-Heavy Group).

     (c) If any individual is a Non-Key Employee with respect to any plan
     for any plan year, but the individual was a Key Employee with respect
     to the plan for any prior plan year, any accrued benefit for the
     individual (and the account balance of the individual) shall not be
     taken into account for purposes of this Section 15.3.

     (d) If any individual has not performed services for the Company at
     any time during the five (5) year period ending on the Determination
     Date, any accrued benefit for such individual (and the account of the
     individual) shall not be taken into account for purposes of this
     Section 15.3 even though such individual may have received payments
     from the Company after separation from service.

     (e) In applying the foregoing provisions of this Section, the accrued
     benefit of a Non-Key Employee shall be determined (i) under the
     method, if any, which is used for accrual purposes under all plans of
     the Company and Affiliated Companies, or (ii) if there is no such
     uniform method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the
     slowest accrual rate permitted under Code Section 411(b)(1)(C).

15.4 CONTRIBUTIONS.

     For each Plan Year in which the Plan is Top-Heavy, the minimum
contributions for that year shall be determined in accordance with the
rules of this Section 15.4.

     (a) Except as provided below, the minimum contribution for each
     Non-Key Employee shall be not less than three percent (3%) of his
     Compensation. For this purpose, the individual's Compensation shall be
     determined in accordance with the rules of Code Section 415.

     (b) Subject to the following rules of this Paragraph (b), the
     percentage set forth in Paragraph (a) above shall not be required to
     exceed the percentage at which contributions (including amounts
     deferred by an individual under a cash or deferred arrangement under
     Section 401(k) of the Code) are made (or are required to be made)
     under the Plan for the year for the Key Employee for whom the
     percentage is the highest for the year. This determination shall be
     made by dividing the contributions for each Key Employee by so much of
     his total compensation for the year as does not exceed two hundred
     thousand dollars ($200,000.00). For purposes of this Paragraph (b),
     all defined contribution plans required to be included in an
     Aggregation Group shall be treated as one plan. However, the rules of
     this Paragraph (b) shall not apply to any plan required to be included
     in an Aggregation Group if the Plan enables a defined benefit plan to
     meet the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) or 410.

     (c) The requirements of this Section 15.4 must be satisfied without
     taking into account contributions under Chapters 2 or 21 of the Code,
     Title II of the Social Security Act, or any other Federal or State
     law.

     (d) In the event a Participant is covered by both a defined
     contribution and a defined benefit plan maintained by the Company,
     both of which are determined to be Top-Heavy, the Company may elect,
     in its discretion, to satisfy either the defined benefit minimum with
     regulations issued under Code Section 416(f).

     (e) In no instance may the Plan take into account an Employee's
     compensation in excess of the first two hundred thousand dollars
     ($200,000) (or such greater Section 416(d)(2) of the Code).


<PAGE>


15.5 MAXIMUM ANNUAL ADDITIONS.

     (a) Except as set forth below, in the case of any Top-Heavy Plan the
     definitions of Section 13.4(b) and (c) shall be applied by
     substituting "1.0" for "1.25".

     (b) The rule set forth in Paragraph (a) above shall not apply if the
     requirements of Subparagraphs (i) and (ii) are satisfied.

          (i) The requirements of this Subparagraph (i) are satisfied if
          the rules of Paragraph (a) above would be satisfied after
          substituting "four percent (4%)" for "three percent (3%)" where
          it appears therein.

          (ii) The requirements of this Subparagraph (ii) are satisfied if
          the Plan would not be a "Top-Heavy Plan" if "ninety percent
          (90%)" were substituted for "sixty percent (60%)" each place it
          appears in Section 15.3(a)(ii).

     (c) The rules of Paragraph (a) shall not apply with respect to any
     individual as long as there are no --

          (i) Company Contributions, forfeitures, or voluntary
          nondeductible contributions allocated to the individual, or

          (ii) Accruals to the individual under a defined benefit plan
          maintained by the Company.

     (d) In the case where the Plan is subject to the rules of Paragraph
     (a) above, the definitions of Section 13.4(b) shall be applied by
     substituting "$41,500" for "$51,875."

15.6 VESTING RULES.

     In the event that the Plan is determined to be Top-Heavy in accordance
with the rules of Section 15.3, then the vesting schedule of the Plan set
forth in Section 7.2 must be changed to that below.

            Years of Service  Unforfeitable Percentage
            ----------------  ------------------------

                  2                 20%
                  3                 40%
                  4                 60%
                  5                 80%
                  6                100%

15.7 NONELIGIBILE EMPLOYEES.

     The rules of this Article XV shall not apply to any Employee included
     in a unit of employees covered by an agreement which the Secretary of
     Labor finds to be a collective bargaining agreement between employee
     representatives and one or more employees if there is evidence that
     retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining between
     such employee representatives and the employer or employers.


<PAGE>


                                ARTICLE XVI

                              PLAN AMENDMENTS

16.1 AMENDMENTS.

     The Board of Directors or the Committee (to the extent consistent with
its charter as may be in effect from time to time) may at any time, and
from time to time, amend the Plan by an instrument in writing executed in
the name of the company by an officer or officers duly authorized to
execute such instrument, and delivered to the applicable trustee. However,
no amendment shall be made at any time, the effect of which would be:

     (a) To cause any assets of the Trust Fund to be used for or diverted
     to purposes other than providing benefits to the Participants and
     their Beneficiaries, and defraying reasonable expenses of
     administering the Plan, except as provided in Section 5.6;

     (b) To have any retroactive effect so as to deprive any Participant or
     Beneficiary of any accrued benefit to which he/she would be entitled
     under this Plan, in contravention of Code Section 411(d)(6); or

     (c) To alter or increase the responsibilities or liabilities of a
     Trustee or an Investment Manager without his/her written consent.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sections 5.2, 5.5(c), 5.5(d), 5.5(e)
     and 6.3 shall not be amended more than once in any six month period,
     except as may be required to comply with changes in the Code, ERISA or
     the regulations promulgated thereunder.

16.2 RETROACTIVE AMENDMENTS.

     Notwithstanding any provisions of this Article XVI to the contrary,
the Plan may be amended prospectively or retroactively (as provided in
Section 401(b) of the Code) to make the Plan conform to any provision of
ERISA, any Code provisions dealing with tax-qualified employees' trusts, or
any regulation under either.


<PAGE>


                                ARTICLE XVII

                       SURVIVOR ANNUITY REQUIREMENTS

17.1 APPLICATION OF ARTICLE.

     The provisions of this Article XVII shall apply only to those
Participants with respect to whom the Plan constitutes a transferee of a
tax qualified retirement plan to which the minimum survivor annuity
requirements of Code Section 401 (a)(11) apply. The provisions of this
Article XVII shall be effective January 1, 1985, except as otherwise
expressly provided in this Article XVII.

17.2 DEFINITIONS.

     (a) "Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity" shall mean an annuity --

          (i) For the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity for
          the life of the spouse which is not less than fifty percent (50%)
          and is not greater than one hundred (100%) of the amount of the
          annuity which is payable during the joint lives of the
          Participant and the spouse, and

          (ii) which is the actuarial equivalent of a single life annuity
          for the life of the Participant.

     (b) "Qualified Pre-retirement Survivor Annuity" shall mean an annuity
     for the life of the surviving spouse the actuarial equivalent of which
     is not less than fifty percent (50%) of the Account balance of the
     Participant as of the date of his death. Notwithstanding the
     foregoing, in the case of a Participant who separates from service
     prior to death and dies on or before the date on which the Participant
     would have attained the earliest retirement age, shall be calculated
     by reference to the actual date of separation from service rather than
     the date of death. For purposes of determining the amount of a
     Qualified Pre-retirement Survivor Annuity, any security interest held
     by the Plan by reason of a loan outstanding to the Participant shall
     be taken into account.

     (c) "Earliest Retirement Age" shall mean the earliest date on which,
     under the Plan, the Participant could elect to receive retirement
     benefits.

     (d) "Annuity Starting Date" shall mean (i) the first day of the first
     period for which an amount is payable as an annuity, however, the
     first day of the first period for which a benefit is to be received by
     reason of a Disability shall be treated as the Annuity Starting Date
     only if such benefit is not an auxiliary benefit within the meaning of
     Code Section 417 (f)(2)(B); or (ii) in the case of a benefit not
     payable in the form of an annuity, the first day on which all events
     have occurred which entitle the Participant to such benefit.

     (e) "Application Election period" shall mean --

          (i) In the case of an election to waive the Qualified Joint and
          Survivor Annuity, the ninety (90) day period ending on the
          Annuity Starting Date, or

          (ii) In the case of an election to waive the Qualified
          Pre-retirement Survivor Annuity, the period that begins on the
          first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains the
          age thirty-five (35) and ends on the date of the Participants
          death.

In the case of a Participant who has separated from service, the period
under Subparagraph (ii) with respect to benefits accrued before the date of
separation shall not begin later than the date of the separation.

17.3 FORM OF BENEFITS PROVIDED.

     Except as otherwise provided under Sections 17.4 and 17.5 --

     (a) In the case of a Participant with a vested interest in the Plan
     who retires, the vested portion of his or her Accounts shall be paid
     in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, and

     (b) In the case of a Participant with a vested interest who dies
     before his or her Annuity Starting Date and who has a surviving
     spouse, the vested portion of his or her Accounts shall be paid in the
     form of a qualified Pre-retirement Survivor Annuity to such
     Participant's surviving spouse.

17.4 ELECTIONS WITH RESPECT TO SURVIVOR ANNUITIES.

     (a) At any time during the Applicable Election Period, each
     participant may--

          (i) Elect to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or
          the Qualified Pre-retirement Survivor Annuity (or both) for all
          or any portion of his or her Accounts, and

          (ii) Revoke any such election.

     (b) An election under Paragraph (a) (i) above shall not take effect
     unless --

          (i) The spouse of the Participant consents in writing to the
          election, such election designates a beneficiary or a form of
          benefits (including remaining benefits that a beneficiary may
          receive) which may not be changed without spousal consent (unless
          the original consent (1) acknowledges the right to limit consent
          to a specific beneficiary and (2) expressly permits designations
          by the Participant without the requirement of any further consent
          by the spouse), and the spouse's consent acknowledges the effect
          of the election and is witnessed by a Plan representative or a
          notary public; or

          (ii) It is established to the satisfaction of a Plan
          Representative that the consent required by Subparagraph (i)
          above may not be obtained because there is no spouse, because the
          spouse cannot be located, or because of such other circumstances
          as may be set forth in regulations under Code Section 417 (a)(2),
          and

          (iii) Any consent (or establishment that the consent of a spouse
          may not be obtained) under this Paragraph (b) shall be effective
          only with respect to that spouse.

     For purposes of this Paragraph (b), "Plan Representative" shall mean
     the person or persons designated by the Committee to perform the
     duties required specified herein.

     (c) Within a reasonable period of time before the Participant's
     Annuity Starting Date (and consistent with regulations under Section
     417 (a)(3)(A) of the Code) each Participant shall receive a written
     explanation of --

          (i) The terms and conditions of the Qualified Joint and Survivor
          Annuity,

          (ii) The Participant's right to make, and the effect of, an
          election under Paragraph (a) above to waive the Qualified Joint
          and Survivor Annuity form of benefit,

          (iii) The rights of the Participant's spouse under Paragraph (b)
          above, and

          (iv) The right to make, and the effect of, a revocation of an
          election under Paragraph (a) above.

     (d) To the extent and in the manner required under applicable
     Regulations, each Participant shall be given a written explanation
     with respect to the Qualified Pre-retirement Annuity comparable to
     that required under Paragraph (c) above. The explanation shall be
     given to the Participant within the "applicable period". The
     "applicable period" shall mean whichever of the following ends latest:
     (i) the period beginning with the first day of the Plan Year in which
     the Participant attains age 32 and ending with the close of the Plan
     Year in which the Participant attains age 35; (ii) a reasonable period
     after becoming a Participant; (iii) a reasonable period after the
     survivor benefit applicable to a Participant is no longer subsidized
     as defined in Code ss.417(a)(4); (iv) a reasonable period after the
     survivor benefit provisions of ss.401(a)(11) become applicable with
     respect to a Participant; or (v) a reasonable period after separation
     of service in he case of a Participant who incurs a severance prior to
     attaining age 35. Notwithstanding the above, (i) in the case of
     Participant who separates from service prior to attaining age 32, such
     applicable period shall be within one year after the date of
     separation; or (ii) in the case of an Employee who becomes a
     Participant after attaining age 32, such applicable period shall be no
     later than the end of the three-year period beginning with the first
     day of the Plan Year in which the Employee becomes a Participant. The
     provisions of the Paragraph (d) shall be interpreted and carried out
     in a manner that is consistent with the regulations issued under Code
     ss.417(a)(3)(B).

     (e) The above provisions of this Section 17.4 shall not apply with
     respect to any benefits attributable to a plan if the failure to waive
     the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or the Qualified
     Pre-retirement Survivor Annuity would not result in a (i) decrease in
     any benefit payable with respect to the Participant or (ii) increased
     contributions from the Participant.

17.5 MARRIAGE REQUIREMENT.

     (a) Except as provided in Paragraph (b) below, a Qualified Joint and
     Survivor Annuity (or a Qualified Pre-retirement Survivor Annuity) will
     not be provided unless the Participant and his/her spouse have been
     married throughout the one (1) year period ending on the earlier of
     (i) the Participant's Annuity Starting Date, or (ii) the date of the
     Participant's death.

     (b) If (i) a Participant marries within one (1) year of his/her
     Annuity Starting Date, and (ii) the Participant and the Participant's
     spouse in such marriage have been married for at least a one (1) year
     period ending on or before the date of the Participant's death, the
     Participant and such spouse shall be treated as having been married
     throughout the one (1) year period ending on the Participant's Annuity
     Starting Date.

17.6 LUMP SUM DISTRIBUTIONS

     (a) Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Article XVII, if
     the present value of the Participant's benefit (payable in either the
     Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or in the Qualified
     Pre-retirement Survivor Annuity) does not exceed thirty-five hundred
     dollars ($3,500), the benefit shall be paid in a single lump sum.
     However, no such lump sum benefit shall be paid after the
     Participant's Annuity Starting Date, unless the Participant and the
     spouse of the Participant (or where the Participant has died, the
     surviving spouse) consents in writing to such distribution in the same
     manner as required under Section 17.4.

     (b) If (i) the present value of the Participant's benefit exceeds
     thirty-five hundred dollars ($3,500), and (ii) the Participant and the
     spouse of the Participant (or where the participant has died, the
     surviving spouse consent in writing to the distribution in the same
     manner as required under Section 17.4, the benefit may be paid in a
     lump sum.

     (c) For purposes of this Section 17.6, the present value of a
     qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or a Qualified Pre-retirement
     Survivor Annuity shall be determined as of the date of distribution
     and by using the interest rate which could be used (as of the date of
     the distribution) by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation for
     purposes of determining the present value of a lump sum distribution
     on plan termination.

17.7 SECURITY FOR LOANS.

          If the use of any Participant's Accounts (or any portion thereof)
     as security for a loan made pursuant to Section 14.3 meets the
     requirements of this Section 17.7, nothing in this Section or any
     Section of this Plan intended to comply with Code Section 411(a)(11)
     shall prevent any distribution required by failure to comply with the
     terms of such loan. The requirements of this section are satisfied if:

          (i) the spouse of the Participant (if any) consents in writing to
          such use during the 90 day period ending on the date on which the
          loan is to be so secured, and

          (ii) requirements comparable to the requirements of Section 17.4
          (b) are met with respect to such consent.

     The provisions of this Section 17.7 shall apply to all loans made
     after August 18, 1985.

17.8 PURCHASE OF ANNUITY CONTRACT TO PROVIDE BENEFITS.

     The Committee shall provide any of the forms of benefits payable under
     Section 17.3 by the application of the Participant's Account balances
     to the purchase of an annuity or other insurance contract issued by
     any insurance company authorized to conduct an insurance business
     under the authority of any state government. Any annuity or other
     insurance contract purchased by the Trustee and distributed to a
     Participant or a spouse to provide benefits under the Plan shall
     satisfy the applicable requirements of this Article XVII. It is the
     intention of the Company that whenever an annuity or other insurance
     contract providing benefits is purchased, the benefits anticipated to
     be provided under such contract shall be the actuarial equivalent of
     the Participant's Account balances applied to the purchase of such
     contract. However, the purchase of such a contract at reasonable
     annuity purchase rates prevailing at the time of purchase shall be
     deemed to be the purchase of benefits having an actuarial equivalent
     value of the amount of the Participant's Account balances applied to
     purchase such contract. The purchase of any such contract shall be a
     full and complete discharge of the Plan, the Trustee, the Company, and
     any Committee acting on behalf of the Plan, with respect to the
     payment of benefits of the Participant or his spouse under this Plan.


<PAGE>


                               ARTICLE XVIII

                               MISCELLANEOUS

18.1 NO ENLARGEMENT OF EMPLOYEE RIGHTS.

     (a) This Plan is strictly a voluntary undertaking on the part of the
     Company and shall not be deemed to constitute a contract between the
     Company and any Employee, or to be consideration for, or an inducement
     to, or a condition of, the employment of any Employee.

     (b) Nothing contained in this plan or the Trust shall be deemed to
     give any Employee the right to be retained in the employ of the
     Company or to interfere with the right of the Company to discharge or
     retire any Employee at any time.

     (c) No Employee, nor any other person, shall have any right to or
     interest in any portion of the Trust Fund other than as specifically
     provided in this Plan.

18.2 INSPECTION OF RECORDS.

     No Participant, other than a Participant of the Committee or an
individual authorized by the Committee or the Company, may inspect the
records of the Committee relating to any other Participant.

18.3 MAILING OF PAYMENTS AND ADDRESSES.

     (a) All payments under the Plan shall be delivered in person or mailed
     to the last address of the Participant (or, in the case of death of
     the Participant, to the last address of any other person entitled to
     such payments under the terms of the Plan).

     (b) Each Participant shall be responsible for furnishing the Committee
     with his/her correct current address and the correct current name and
     address of his/her Beneficiary or Beneficiaries.

18.4 NOTICES AND COMMUNICATIONS.

     (a) All applications, notices, designations, elections, and other
     directions and correspondence from Participants shall be communicated
     in the form and manner prescribed by the Committee.

     (b) Each notice, report, remittance, statement, and other
     communication directed to Participant or Beneficiary shall be in
     writing and may be delivered in person or by mail. An item shall be
     deemed to have been delivered and received by the Participant when it
     is deposited in the United States Mail with postage prepaid, addressed
     to the Participant or Beneficiary at his/her last address of record
     with the Committee.

18.5 GOVERNING LAW.

     All legal questions pertaining to the Plan shall be determined in
accordance with the provisions of ERISA and the laws of the State of
Delaware.

18.6 INTERPRETATION.

     (a) Article and Section headings are for convenient reference only and
     shall not be deemed to be part of the substance of this instrument or
     in any way to enlarge or limit the contents of any Article or Section.

     (b) Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, masculine gender
     shall include the feminine, and the singular shall include the plural
     and the plural the singular.

     (c) The provisions of this plan shall in all cases be interpreted in a
     manner that is consistent with this Plan satisfying the requirements
     of Code Section 401 (a) for qualification as an employees' trust.

18.7 WITHHOLDING FOR TAXES.

     Any payments out of the Trust Fund may be subject to withholding for
taxes as may be required by any applicable federal or state law.

18.8 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

     This Plan and the Trust established hereunder shall insure to the
benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties hereto and their successors
and assigns.

18.9 COUNTERPARTS.

     This plan document may be executed in any number of identical
counterparts. Each such counterpart shall be deemed a complete original in
itself and may be introduced in evidence or used for any other purpose
without the production of any other counterparts.


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, in order to record the restatement of this plan,
AMERICAN STORES COMPANY has caused this instrument to be executed by its
duly authorized officer _____ day of ________________, 19___.



                                    AMERICAN STORES COMPANY


                                    By:
                                        -----------------------------------

                                    Title:
                                           --------------------------------



                                                               Exhibit 4.17


                           FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE
                     AMERICAN STORES RETIREMENT ESTATES
                             (1994) RESTATEMENT

     The American Stores Retirement Estates (1994 Restatement) is hereby
amended in the following respects.

     A.   Section 2.15 (e) shall be amended in its entirety, effective
January 1, 1994, to read as follows:

          "Compensation" of any Employee taken into account under the Plan
     for any Plan Year that begins on or after January 1, 1989 shall not
     exceed the annual compensation limit in effect under Section 401 (a)
     (17) of the Code for a calendar year. Any cost-of-living adjustment in
     effect for a calendar year under Section 401 (a) (17) of the Code
     shall apply to any period used to determine Compensation, not to
     exceed twelve (12) months, that begins in such calendar year.

               (i) "Compensation" of any Employee taken into account under
          the Plan for any Plan Year that begins on or after January 1,
          1994 shall not exceed $150,000, as that amount is adjusted in
          accordance with Section 401 (a) (17) (B) of the Code.

               (ii) "Compensation" of any Employee taken into account under
          the Plan any Plan Year that begins on or after January 1, 1989
          and before January 1, 1994, shall not exceed $200,000, as that
          amount is adjusted at the same time and in the same manner as
          under Section 415 (d) of the Code.

               (iii) If Compensation for a period of less than twelve (12)
          months is taken into account for any Plan year, then, to the
          extent required by regulations under Section 401 (a) (17) of the
          Code, the otherwise applicable annual Compensation limit provided
          under this Subsection is reduced in the same proportion as the
          reduction in the twelve-month period.

               (iv) The family aggregation rules of Section 414 (q) (6) of
          the Code shall apply for purposes of the annual Compensation
          limit provided under this Subsection, except in applying such
          rules, the term "family" shall include only the Spouse of the
          Employee and any lineal descendants of the Employee who have not
          attained age 19 before the close of the year. If, as a result of
          the application of such rules the limit is exceeded, then, the
          limit shall be prorated among the affected individuals in
          proportion to each such individual's Compensation as determined
          under this Subsection prior to the application of this limit.

     B.   Section 8.9 (c) shall be deleted and a new Section 8.10 "Election
for Direct Rollover" shall be added, effective as of January 1, 1993, to
read in its entirety as follows:

          (a) To the extent required by Section 401 (a) (31) of the Code, a
     Participant whose Accounts become payable in an "eligible rollover
     distribution," as defined in (b) (i) below, shall be entitled to make
     an election for a direct rollover of all or a portion of such eligible
     rollover distribution to an "eligible retirement plan", as defined in
     (b) (ii) below. Any non-taxable portion of the value of a
     Participant's Accounts shall be payable to the Participant as
     otherwise provided elsewhere in the Plan.

          (b) For purposes of this Section,

               (i) an "eligible rollover distribution" shall mean any
          distribution of all or any portion of the value of a
          Participant's Accounts, except that an eligible rollover
          distribution shall not include: any distribution that is one of a
          series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less
          frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy)
          of the Participant or the joint lives (or joint life
          expectancies) of the Participant's designated Beneficiary, or for
          a specified period of ten years or more; any distribution to the
          extent such distribution is required under Section 401 (a) (9) of
          the Code; and the portion of any distribution that is not
          includible in gross income (determined without regard to the
          exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to
          employer securities), and

               (ii) an "eligible retirement plan" shall mean any plan
          described in Code Section 402 (c) (8) (B), the terms of which
          permit the acceptance of a direct rollover from a qualified plan.

          (c) A Participant's direct rollover election under this Section
     shall specify the dollar or percentage amount of the direct rollover,
     the name and address of the eligible retirement plan selected by the
     Participant and such additional information as the Committee deems
     necessary of appropriate in order to implement the Participant's
     election. It shall be the Participant's responsibility to confirm that
     the eligible retirement plan designated in the direct rollover
     election will accept the eligible rollover distribution. The Committee
     shall be entitled to effect the direct rollover based on its
     reasonable reliance on information provided by the Participant, and
     shall not be required to independently verify such information, unless
     it is clearly unreasonable not to do so.

          (d) At least thirty (30) days, but not more than ninety (90)
     days, prior to the date the value of a Participant's Accounts becomes
     payable, the Participant shall be given written notice of any right he
     may have to elect a direct rollover of his eligible rollover
     distribution. Except in the case of a Participant to whom the
     provisions of Article XVIII apply, a Participant who has received the
     direct rollover notice may waive the thirty (30) day advance notice
     requirement by making an affirmative election to make or not to make a
     direct rollover of all or a portion of his Accounts.

          (e) If a Participant whose Accounts become payable in an eligible
     rollover distribution fails to file a direct rollover election with
     the Committee within ninety (90) days after receipt of the direct
     rollover notice, or if the Committee is unable to effect the rollover
     within a reasonable time after the election is filed with the
     Committee due to the failure of the Participant to take such actions
     as may be required by the eligible retirement plan before it will
     accept the rollover, the value of the eligible rollover distribution
     shall be paid to them in accordance with the applicable provisions of
     this Plan, after withholding any applicable income taxes.

          (f) To the extent required by Section 401 (a) (31) of the Code,
     if all or a portion of the value of a Participant's Accounts is
     payable to this surviving spouse in an eligible rollover distribution,
     or to a former spouse in accordance with a "qualified domestic
     relations order," such surviving spouse or former spouse shall be
     entitled to elect a direct rollover of all or a portion of such
     distribution to an individual retirement account or an individual
     retirement annuity in accordance with the provisions of this Section.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument of amendment is executed this ____ day
of __________, 1994.

                                    AMERICAN STORES COMPANY


                                    By:
                                       ------------------------------

                                    Title:
                                          ---------------------------



                                                               Exhibit 4.18

                          SECOND AMENDMENT TO THE
                     AMERICAN STORES RETIREMENT ESTATES
                             (1994 RESTATEMENT)

     The American Stores Retirement Estates (1994 Restatement) is hereby
amended in the following respects.

     A.   Section 6.3(b)(i) shall be amended, effective January 1, 1994, to
read as follows:

          (i)    This amount shall be allocated to the Company Match on
Contributions Account of each Participant who made Spring Contributions
(whether Tax Deferred Contributions or Taxed Contributions) during the Plan
Year. The portion of the total amount that will be allocated to the Account
of a Participant will be the same ratio as the amount of the Participant's
Sharing Contributions during the Plan Year (which have not been withdrawn
by the Participant pursuant to Section 8.1 (other than withdrawals pursuant
to Section 8.1(f)) or returned pursuant to Section 4.4, 4.5, or 4.7) bear
to the total amount of all such Sharing Contributions of all Participants.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument of amendment is executed this
 ___ day of _____________, 199_.


                                          AMERICAN STORES COMPANY


                                          By:
                                               ---------------------------


                                          Title:
                                                --------------------------


                                                               Exhibit 4.19

                           THIRD AMENDMENT TO THE
                     AMERICAN STORES RETIREMENT ESTATES
                             (1994 RESTATEMENT)

     The American Stores Retirement Estates (1994 Restatement) is hereby
amended in the following respects.

     A.   Section 14.3 (h) shall be amended, effective January 1, 1995, to
read as follows:

          (h) If, for any reason, repayment of any loan granted to a
Participant pursuant to this Section 14.3 can no longer be made by means of
payroll deduction, including but not limited to separation from service,
and such Participant does not, immediately upon the request of Plan
administrators, submit payment for the outstanding balance of such loan,
such loan shall be considered in default with the outstanding balance of
such loan immediately due and payable. The Plan administrator may, however,
upon (i) the occurrence of a Leave of Absence by a Participant, (ii) a
separation from service whereby the Internal Revenue Service's "same desk
rule" applies to the Participant, or (iii) upon closure or sale of a unit
of the Company to an entity that is not an Affiliated Company which does
not constitute a partial termination under Section 11.5 permit such
Participant to continue voluntarily to make regularly scheduled loan
payments other than by payroll deduction. If such a Participant does not
make all such payments as scheduled, the loan shall be considered in
default, with the outstanding balance of the loan immediately due and
payable. Upon such default, the Participant's interest in his or her
Accounts, as security for such loan, shall be reduced by the amount of such
outstanding balance and such reduction shall be treated as a distribution
under this Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any amounts in the
Participant's Tax Deferred Contributions Account shall not be reduced in
satisfaction of the outstanding loan balance unless or until such
Participant has separated from service or unless such Participant qualifies
for a Hardship distribution pursuant to Section 8.1(b).

     B. Section 14.3 shall be amended effective January 1, 1995 to add a
new paragraph (m) which shall read as follows:

               (m) For purposes of this Section 14.3, the term
"Participant" shall include any Eligible Employee who has a Rollover
Account under the Plan regardless of whether such Eligible Employee has met
the eligibility requirements of Article III of the Plan.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument of amendment is executed this
___ day of_______________, 199_.


                                          AMERICAN STORES COMPANY


                                          By:
                                             -----------------------------


                                          Title:
                                                --------------------------




                                                               Exhibit 4.20


                          FOURTH AMENDMENT TO THE
                     AMERICAN STORES RETIREMENT ESTATES
                             (1994 RESTATEMENT)

The American Stores Retirement Estates (1994 Restatement) is hereby amended
in the following respects as a condition to the Favorable Determination
Letter issued by the Internal Revenue Service on May 9, 1995.

A.   Section 2.39 of the Plan shall be deleted and the remaining sections
     of Article II shall be renumbered accordingly. A new Section shall be
     added following Section 2.25 and the remaining sections of Article II
     shall be renumbered accordingly. The new section shall read as
     follows:

     Full-Time Employee

          "Full-Time Employee" shall mean an Employee who ordinarily and on
     a regular basis works to the number of hours prescribed by the
     Employer from time to time as the normal full-time work week of the
     Employee group to which the Employee is assigned.

B.   Section 2.40 of the Plan shall be deleted and the remaining sections
     of Article II shall be renumbered accordingly. A new Section shall be
     added following Section 2.35 and the remaining sections of Article II
     shall be renumbered accordingly. The new section shall read as
     follows:

     Part-Time Employee

          "Part-time Employee" means an employee whose customary employment
     is less than the normal full-time work week of the Employee group to
     which the Employee is assigned.

C.   The Plan shall be amended to change all references to "Regular
     Full-Time Employee" to "Full-Time Employee" and all references to
     "Regular Part-time Employee" to "Part-time Employee."

D.   Section 3.1(a) of the Plan shall be revised as follows:

          Prior to July 1, 1995, each Eligible Employee shall become
     eligible to participate in the Plan upon the day ("Eligibility Date")
     coincident with the earlier of:

               (i)  The completion of two Years of Service;

          or

               (ii) Attainment of the later of age twenty-one (21) or
                    completion of one (1) Year of Service.

          Effective on and after July 1, 1995, each Eligible Employee shall
     become eligible to participate in the Plan on the day ("Eligibility
     Date") the Eligible Employee completes one (1) Year of Service.

E.   Section 4.3(a)(iii) of the Plan shall be revised to read as follows:

          (iii) In the event the test under (i) above cannot be satisfied,
               the Committee shall determine if use of the alternative test
               under (ii) above is available. If the Committee determines
               that the alternative test is not available, either the
               Actual Deferral Percentage or the Average Contribution
               Percentage (as defined in Section 4.6) for Highly
               Compensated Participants eligible to participate in this
               Plan and a plan of the Company or an Affiliated Company that
               is subject to the limitations of Section 401(k) and (m) of
               the Code including, if applicable, this Plan, shall be
               reduced as described below so that there is no multiple use
               of the alternative limitation.

                    (A) The Actual Deferral Percentage of the Highly
               Compensated Participant with the highest Actual Deferral
               Percentage first is reduced by the amount required to cause
               the employee's Actual Deferral Percentage to equal the ratio
               of the Highly Compensated Participant with the next highest
               Actual Deferral Percentage. If a lesser reduction would
               enable the arrangement to satisfy the Actual Deferral
               Percentage tests, only the lesser reduction shall be made.
               This process shall be repeated until the Plan satisfies the
               Actual Deferral Percentage tests. The highest Actual
               Deferral Percentage remaining under the Plan after leveling
               is the highest permitted Actual Deferral Percentage.

                    (B) The Contribution Percentage of the Highly
               Compensated Participant with the highest Average
               Contribution Percentage shall be reduced by the amount
               required to cause the employee's Average Contribution
               Percentage to equal the ratio of the Highly Compensated
               Participant with the next highest Average Contribution
               Percentage. If a lesser reduction would enable the Plan to
               satisfy the Average Contribution Percentage test, only the
               lesser reduction shall be made. This process shall be
               repeated until the Plan satisfies the Average Contribution
               Percentage test. The highest Average Contribution Percentage
               remaining under the Plan after leveling is the highest
               permitted Average Contribution Percentage.

F.   Section 4.4(c) shall be revised to add the following new sentence to
     the end thereof:

          The amount of Tax Deferred Contributions in excess of the $7000
     limit as described in Section 4.2(a) that may be distributed with
     respect to a Participant for a taxable year shall be reduced by any
     excess Compensation Deferral Contributions previously distributed with
     respect to the Participant for the Plan Year beginning with or within
     the taxable year.

G.   Section 4.5(b) shall be revised to add the following new language to
     the end thereof:

          The amount of any excess Compensation Deferral Contributions is
     the amount by which the Highly Compensated Participant's Compensation
     Deferral Contributions must be reduced for the Highly Compensated
     Participant's actual deferral ratio under the Plan. To calculate the
     highest permitted Actual Deferral Percentage, the Actual Deferral
     Percentage of the Highly Compensated Participant with the highest
     Actual Deferral Percentage is reduced by the amount required to cause
     the Highly Compensated Participant's Actual Deferral Percentage to
     equal the ratio of the Highly Compensated Participant with the next
     highest Actual Deferral Percentage. This process shall be repeated
     until the Plan satisfies the Actual Deferral Percentage Test.

H.   Section 4.5(b) shall be revised further to add the following new
     language to the end thereof:

          In the event a Highly Compensated Participant's Actual Deferral
     Percentage is determined under Section 4.3(e) above ("family
     aggregation rules"), excess Compensation Deferral Contributions shall
     be determined by reducing the Actual Deferral Percentage in accordance
     with the "leveling" method described in Treasury Regulation Section
     1.401(k) - 1(f)(2) and the excess Compensation Deferral Contributions
     shall be allocated among the family members in proportion to the
     Compensation Deferral Contributions of each family member that have
     been combined.

I.   Section 4.7(b) shall be revised to add the following new language to
     the end thereof:

          The amount of any excess Taxed Contributions or Company Match on
     Contributions is the amount by which the Highly Compensated
     Participant's Taxed Contributions or Company Match on Contributions
     must be reduced for the Highly Compensated Participant's Average
     Contribution Percentage to equal the highest permitted Average
     Contribution Percentage under the Plan. To calculate the highest
     permitted Average Contribution Percentage, the Average Contribution
     Percentage of the Highly Compensated Participant with the highest
     Average Contribution Percentage is reduced by the amount required to
     cause the Highly Compensated Participant's Average Contribution
     Percentage to equal the ratio of the Highly Compensated Participant
     with the next highest Average Contribution Percentage. This process
     shall be repeated until the Plan satisfies the Average Contribution
     Percentage Test.

J.   Section 4.7(b) shall be revised further to add the following new
     language to the end thereof:

          In the event a Highly Compensated Participant's Average
     Contribution Percentage is determined under Section 4.6(e) above
     ("family aggregation rules"), excess Company Match on Contributions
     and Taxed Contributions shall be determined by reducing the Average
     Contribution Percentage in accordance with the "leveling' method
     described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m) - 1(e)(2) and the
     excess Company Match on Contributions and Taxed Contributions shall be
     allocated among the family members in proportion to the Company Match
     on Contributions and Taxed Contributions of each family member that
     have been combined

K.   The second sentence of Section 5.6(b) shall be revised to read as
     follows:

          All Company Contributions to the Trust are hereby conditioned
     upon the Plan initially satisfying all of the requirements of Code
     Section 401(a).

L.   Section 8.3(d) shall be revised to add the following new sentence to
     the end thereof:

          If a Participant dies after distributions have begun in
     accordance with paragraph (c) above, the remaining portion of the
     Participant's vested benefit will be distributed at least as rapidly
     as the method of distribution being used as of the date of the
     Participant's death.

M.   Section 13.3 of the Plan shall be amended to add a new paragraph (d)
     which shall read as follows:

          (d)  Notwithstanding the above, if a Participant was a
               participant as of the first day of the first limitation year
               beginning after December 31, 1986 in one or more defined
               benefit plans maintained by the Company which were in
               existence on May 6, 1986, and such Participant's current
               accrued benefit as of the end of the 1986 limitation year
               exceeds the dollar limitations of Code Section 415 as
               effective January 1, 1987, such Participant's dollar
               limitation for purposes of Code Section 415 is the
               Participant's accrued benefit as of the end of the 1986
               limitation year provided the plan met the Code Section 415
               requirements for all limitation years beginning prior to
               January 1, 1987.

N.   Section 13.3 of the Plan shall be amended to add a new paragraph (e)
     which shall read as follows:

          (e)  If the accrued benefit of any Participant in a defined
               benefit plan exceeds the dollar limitations of Code Section
               415 as effective January 1, 1987 (including the protected
               current accrued benefit), the accrued benefit shall be
               reduced as of the first day of the first limitation year
               beginning after December 31, 1986 to the level permitted by
               Code Section 415 as effective January 1, 1987.


O.   Section 13.6 of the Plan shall be amended to add the following new
     provision to the end thereof:

          Plans in existence on May 6, 1986 shall not be disqualified for
     any limitation year beginning before January 1, 1987 only because such
     plan provides for Annual Additions or annual benefits which exceed the
     limits of Code Section 415 which were effective January 1, 1987,
     provided the plans complied with Code Section 415 as then in effect
     for all limitation years beginning before January 1, 1987.

P.   Section 15.2 shall be amended to read as follows:

     15.2 Definitions.

     (a)  For purposes of this Article XV, the term "Key Employee" shall
          mean any Employee who, at any time during the Plan Year or any of
          the four (4) preceding Plan Years, is or was --

          (i)  An officer of the Company having an annual compensation from
               the Company greater than fifty percent (50%) of the amount
               in effect under Section 415 (b)(1)(A) of the Code for the
               applicable Plan Year. However, no more than fifty (50)
               Employees (or, if lesser, the greater of three (3) or ten
               percent (10%) of the Employees) shall be treated as
               officers;

          (ii) One of the ten (10) employees having annual compensation
               from the Company of more than the limitation in effect under
               Code Section 415 (c)(1)(A) and owning (or considered as
               owning within the meaning of Code Section 318) the largest
               interests in the Company. For this purpose, if two (2)
               Employees have the same interest in the Company, the
               employees having greater annual compensation from the
               Company shall be treated as having a larger interest;

          (iii) A Five Percent Owner of the Company;

     or

          (iv) A One Percent Owner of the Company having an annual
               compensation from the Company of more than one hundred fifty
               thousand dollars ($150,000.00).

     (b)  For purposes of this Section 15.2, the term "Five Percent Owner"
          means any person who owns (or is considered as owning within the
          meaning of Code Section 318) more than five percent (5%) of the
          outstanding stock of the Company or stock possessing more than
          five percent (5%) of the total combined voting power of all stock
          of the Company. The rules of Subsections (b), (c), and (m) of
          Code Section 414 shall not apply for purposes of applying these
          ownership rules.

     (c)  For purposes of this Section 15.2, the term "One Percent Owner"
          means any person who would be described in Paragraph (b) if "one
          percent (1%)" were substituted for "five percent (5%)" each place
          where it appears therein.

     (d)  For purposes of this Section 15.2, the rules of Code Section
          318(a)(2)(C) shall be applied by substituting "five percent (5%)"
          for "fifty percent (50%)."

     (e)  For purposes of this Article XV, the term "Non-Key Employee"
          shall mean any Employee who is not a Key Employee.

     (f)  For purposes of this Article XV, the terms "Key Employee" and
          "Non-Key Employee" include their Beneficiaries, and inherited
          benefits will retain the character of the benefits of the
          Employee who performed services for the Company.

Q.   The second sentence of Section 15.4(b) shall be amended to read as
     follows:

          This determination shall be made by dividing the contributions
     for each Key Employee by so much of his total compensation as does not
     exceed $200,000 for Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 1994 or
     $150,000 for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1994 (as
     adjusted under the Code).

R.   Section 15.4(b) shall be further amended to add a new sentence after
     the second sentence which shall read as follows:

          For any year in which the Plan is Top Heavy, each Non-Key
     Employee will receive the minimum contribution if the Non-Key Employee
     has not separated from service at the end of the Plan Year, regardless
     of whether the Non-Key Employee has less than 1000 Hours of Service
     (or the equivalent) and regardless of the Non-Key Employee's level of
     Compensation.

S.   Section 15.4(e) shall be amended to read as follows:

          In no instance may the Plan take into account an Employee's
     compensation in excess of the first $200,000 for Plan Years beginning
     prior to January 1, 1994 or $150,000 for Plan Years beginning on or
     after January 1, 1994.

T.   Section 16.1 of the Plan shall be amended to add a new paragraph (d)
     which shall read as follows:

          Any Employee who was a Participant as of the later of the
     effective date or adoption date of any amendment to the Plan's vesting
     schedule and who completed 3 years of service may elect to have his
     nonforfeitable percentage determined under the Plan without regard to
     such amendment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for Plan Years
     beginning before January 1, 1989, or with respect to Employees who
     fail to complete at least 1 Hour of Service in a Plan Year beginning
     after December 31, 1988, 5 shall be substituted for 3 in the foregoing
     sentence.

U.   Section 16.1(b) of the Plan shall be amended to read as follows:

          (b) To have the effect, retroactive or otherwise, of reducing,
     restricting or depriving, either directly or indirectly, the accrued
     benefit provided any Participant prior to the amendment.

V.   Section 17.2(a) of the Plan shall be amended to read as follows:

          (a) "Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity" shall mean an annuity
     that commences immediately

               (i)  For the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity
                    for the life of the spouse which is not less than fifty
                    percent (50%) and is not greater than one hundred
                    percent (100%) of the amount of the annuity which is
                    payable during the joint lives of the Participant and
                    the spouse, and which is the actuarial equivalent of a
                    single life annuity for the life of the Participant, or

               (ii) For an unmarried Participant, an annuity for the life
                    of the Participant unless the Participant elects
                    otherwise during the Applicable Election Period.

     Such term shall also refer to any annuity in a form having the effect
     of an annuity described above.

The foregoing Amendments shall be effective as of the dates specified in
Section 2.20, Effective Date, except as otherwise indicated.

In Witness Whereof, this instrument of amendment is executed this day __ of
__________, 199_.

                                          American Stores Company


                                          By:
                                             ------------------------------

                                          Title:
                                                ---------------------------




                                                               Exhibit 4.21


                           FIFTH AMENDMENT TO THE
                     AMERICAN STORES RETIREMENT ESTATES
                             (1994 RESTATEMENT)


     The American Stores Retirement Estates (1994 Restatement)("ASRE") is
hereby amended in the following respects.

     A. Effective August 1, 1996, ASRE shall be merged with Jewel Companies
Retirement Estates ("JCRE"), with ASRE being the surviving plan; provided
that the sum of the account balances in ASRE and JCRE prior to the merger
shall equal the fair market value of the assets of the merged plan, and
provided further, that immediately after the merger each participant in the
merged plan shall have an account balance equal to the sum of the account
balances the participant had in the plans immediately prior to the merger.

     B. Effective October 1, 1996, Section 5.4(b)(iv) of the Plan shall be
amended to read as follows:

          The Short Maturity Fund invested in short-term fixed income
investments and other securities including obligations of the United States
Government and its agencies and short-term liquid investments; and

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument of amendment is executed this ___
day of ___________, 199_.



                                          AMERICAN STORES COMPANY


                                          By:
                                             ------------------------------
                                                Senior V.P. Human Resources





                                                               Exhibit 4.22


                           SIXTH AMENDMENT TO THE
                     AMERICAN STORES RETIREMENT ESTATES
                             (1994 RESTATEMENT)

     The American Stores Retirement Estates is hereby amended in the
following respects.

     A. Section 5.4(e) shall be amended to read as follows:

          A Participant or Eligible Employee, as applicable, may elect to
     exchange up to one hundred percent (100%) of the amounts accrued in
     such individual's Accounts once each calendar day among any of the
     Investment Funds currently offered by the Employee shall effect such
     an exchange in the manner prescribed by the Committee. Notwithstanding
     the foregoing, a Participant or Eligible Employee may not elect to
     exchange amounts into or out of the American Stores Company Stock Fund
     if the result would be effect an incoming exchange within 30 days of
     an outgoing exchange or an insufficient liquidity in the Trust,
     transactions described in this Section 5.4(e) may be suspended for a
     term certain or queued on a first come - first serve basis as such
     liquidity is restored.

The foregoing amendment shall be effective October ______, 1997.

In Witness Whereof, this instrument of amendment is executed this ______
day of _________ 1997.


                                    American Stores Company

                                    By:
                                       ------------------------------------
                                    Chairman, Benefit Plans Committee and
                                    Senior Vice President, American Stores
                                    Company





                                                               Exhibit 4.23


                          SEVENTH AMENDMENT TO THE
                     AMERICAN STORES RETIREMENT ESTATES
                             (1994 RESTATEMENT)



     The American Stores Retirement Estates is hereby amended in the
following respects.

     A. Section 5.4(e) shall be amended to read as follows:

          A Participant or Eligible Employee, as applicable, may elect to
     exchange up to one hundred percent (100%) of the amounts accrued in
     such individual's Accounts once each calendar day among any of the
     Investment Funds currently offered by the Committee and currently
     available to such individual. A Participant or Eligible Employee shall
     effect such an exchange in the manner prescribed by the Committee.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant or Eligible Employee may
     not elect to exchange amounts into or out of the American Stores
     Company Stock Fund if the result would be to effect an incoming
     exchange within 30 days of an outgoing exchange or an outgoing
     exchange within 30 days of an incoming exchange. To the extent there
     is insufficient liquidity in the Trust, transactions described in this
     Section 5.4(e) may be suspended for a term certain or queued on a
     first come - first serve basis as such liquidity is restored.

The foregoing amendment shall be effective October __, 1997.

In Witness Whereof, this instrument of amendment is executed this ____ day
of _______1997.

                                    American Stores Company

                                    By:
                                       ------------------------------------
                                    Chairman, Benefit Plans Committee and
                                    Senior Vice President, American Stores
                                    Company






                                                               Exhibit 4.24


                          EIGHTH AMENDMENT TO THE
                     AMERICAN STORES RETIREMENT ESTATES
                             (1994 RESTATEMENT)




The American Stores Retirement Estates is hereby amended in the following
respects.

     A. Section 8.3(c) shall be amended to add a new subparagraph (3) to
     the end thereof which shall read as follows:

          (3) For the period beginning after December 31, 1996, April 1 of
     the calendar year following the later of the calendar year in which
     the Participant (i) attains age 70 1/2, or (ii) retires; provided,
     however, that the foregoing clause (ii) shall not apply with respect
     to a Participant who is a Five Percent Owner (as defined in Section
     416 of the Code) with respect to the Plan Year ending in the calendar
     year in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2.

The foregoing amendment shall be effective January 1, 1997.

In Witness Whereof, this instrument of amendment is executed this ____ day
of _______1997.

                                    American Stores Company

                                    By:
                                       ------------------------------------
                                    Chairman, Benefit Plans Committee
                                    and Senior Vice President, American
                                    Stores Company





                                                               Exhibit 4.25


                           NINTH AMENDMENT TO THE
                     AMERICAN STORES RETIREMENT ESTATES
                             (1994 RESTATEMENT)




The American Stores Retirement Estates is hereby amended in the following
respects.

     A. Section 8.3(c) shall be amended to add a new subparagraph (4) to
     the end thereof which shall read as follows:

          (4) Special Rule For Certain Participants. Participants who began
     receiving distributions under this Section 8.3(c) prior to January 1,
     1997 but are currently actively employed by the Employer may elect on
     such form or forms as the Plan Administrator shall prescribe to stop
     distributions until such Participant's new Required Beginning Date
     which shall be determined under Section 8.3(c) (3) above, subject to
     the terms of any applicable Qualified Domestic Relations Order.

The foregoing amendment shall be effective January 1, 1997.

In Witness Whereof, this instrument of amendment is executed this ____ day
of _______1997.

                                    American Stores Company

                                    By:
                                       ------------------------------------
                                    Chairman, Benefit Plans Committee
                                    and Senior Vice President, American
                                    Stores Company




                                                                   EXHIBIT 5.1

                       [ALBERTSON'S INC. LETTERHEAD]

                                                  June 24, 1999

Albertson's, Inc.
250 Parkcenter Boulevard
P.O. Box 20
Boise, Idaho  83726



                   Re: Registration Statement on Form S-8

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     I am the Executive Vice President and General Counsel of Albertson's,
Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"). The Company is filing with
the Securities and Exchange Commission Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 on
Form S-8 to Form S-4 (the "Registration Statement") covering an aggregate
of 23,115,295 shares (the "Shares") of Common Stock, par value $1.00 per
share, of the Company, issuable pursuant to (i) the Company's Amended and
Restated 1995 Stock-Based Incentive Plan (the "Albertson's Stock Plan") -
(20,000,000 shares); (ii) options and/or limited stock appreciation rights
granted under the American Stores Company 1997 Stock Option and Stock Award
Plan, 1997A Stock Option and Stock Award Plan, 1997 Stock Plan for
Non-Employee Directors, 1989 Stock Option and Stock Award Plan and 1985
Stock Option and Stock Award Plan (the "ASC Plans") which were converted
into options and/or limited stock appreciation rights to purchase Shares of
the Company pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated August 2,
1998, by and between the Company, American Stores Company and Abacus
Holdings, Inc. (the "Merger Agreement") - (2,465,295 shares); and (iii) the
American Stores Retirement Estates (the "ASRE") subsequent to the closing
of the acquisition contemplated by the Merger Agreement - (650,000 shares).

     All assumptions and statements of reliance herein have been made
without any independent investigation or verification on our part except to
the extent otherwise expressly stated, and we express no opinion with
respect to the subject matter or accuracy of such assumptions or items
relied upon.

     In connection with this opinion, I have (i) investigated such
questions of law, (ii) examined originals or certified, conformed or
reproduction copies of such agreements, instruments, documents and records
of the Company, such certificates of public officials and such other
documents, and (iii) received such information from officers and
representatives of the Company, as I have deemed necessary or appropriate
for the purposes of this opinion. In all examinations, I have assumed the
legal capacity of all natural persons executing documents, the genuineness
of all signatures, the authenticity of original and certified documents and
the conformity to original or certified copies of all copies submitted to
us as conformed or reproduction copies. As to various questions of fact
relevant to the opinions expressed herein, I have relied upon, and assume
the accuracy of, representations and warranties contained in documents and
certificates and oral or written statements and other information of or
from representatives of the Company and others and assume compliance on the
part of all parties to the documents with their covenants and agreements
contained therein.

     Based upon the foregoing and subject to the limitations,
qualifications and assumptions set forth herein, I am of the opinion that
the Shares, when issued or sold, and when delivered in accordance with the
provisions of the Albertson's Stock Plan, the ASC Plans and the ASRE, will
be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

     The opinion expressed herein is limited to the General Corporation Law
of the State of Delaware, as currently in effect.

     I own 26,813 shares of the Company's Common Stock. I hold options
granted under the Albertson's 1986 Nonqualified Stock Option Plan and the
Albertson's Stock Plan to purchase 110,000 Shares, all of which became
exercisable upon completion of the American Stores acquisition. I have been
granted an option to purchase $4,000,000 worth of Shares with the number of
shares and the option price to be determined based upon the closing price
of the Common Stock of the Company on the New York Stock Exchange on June
24, 1999 (the fair market value on the date of the grant).

     I hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement. In giving such consent, I do not hereby admit that
I am in the category of such persons whose consent is required under
Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

     The opinions expressed herein are solely for your benefit in
connection with the Form S-8 and may not be relied on in any manner or for
any purpose by any other person or entity.



                                            Very truly yours,

                                            ALBERTSON'S, INC.


                                            /s/  Thomas R. Saldin
                                            -----------------------------
                                            By:  Thomas R. Saldin
                                                 Executive Vice President
                                                 and General Counsel


                                                               EXHIBIT 23.2

                       INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Post Effective
Amendment No. 1 on Form S-8 to Registration Statement No. 333-63019 of
Albertson's, Inc. on Form S-4 of our report dated March 17, 1999,
incorporated by reference in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Albertson's
Inc. and subsidiaries for the year ended January 28, 1999.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Boise, Idaho
June 24, 1999


                                                               EXHIBIT 23.3

            CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We  consent  to  the  incorporation  by  reference  in the  Post  Effective
Amendment  No. 1 on Form S-8 to the  Registration  Statement  (Form S-4 No.
333-63019)  pertaining  to  Albertson's,  Inc. of our report dated June 23,
1999,  with  respect  to  the  financial   statements  of  American  Stores
Retirement Estates  included in its Annual Report (Form 11-K) for the year
ended December 31, 1998 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

                                                      /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Salt Lake City, Utah
June 25, 1999



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission